xref: /illumos-gate/usr/src/uts/common/io/mac/mac.c (revision f6e214c7)
1 /*
2  * CDDL HEADER START
3  *
4  * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
5  * Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
6  * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
7  *
8  * You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
9  * or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
10  * See the License for the specific language governing permissions
11  * and limitations under the License.
12  *
13  * When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
14  * file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
15  * If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
16  * fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
17  * information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
18  *
19  * CDDL HEADER END
20  */
21 
22 /*
23  * Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
24  */
25 
26 /*
27  * MAC Services Module
28  *
29  * The GLDv3 framework locking -  The MAC layer
30  * --------------------------------------------
31  *
32  * The MAC layer is central to the GLD framework and can provide the locking
33  * framework needed for itself and for the use of MAC clients. MAC end points
34  * are fairly disjoint and don't share a lot of state. So a coarse grained
35  * multi-threading scheme is to single thread all create/modify/delete or set
36  * type of control operations on a per mac end point while allowing data threads
37  * concurrently.
38  *
39  * Control operations (set) that modify a mac end point are always serialized on
40  * a per mac end point basis, We have at most 1 such thread per mac end point
41  * at a time.
42  *
43  * All other operations that are not serialized are essentially multi-threaded.
44  * For example a control operation (get) like getting statistics which may not
45  * care about reading values atomically or data threads sending or receiving
46  * data. Mostly these type of operations don't modify the control state. Any
47  * state these operations care about are protected using traditional locks.
48  *
49  * The perimeter only serializes serial operations. It does not imply there
50  * aren't any other concurrent operations. However a serialized operation may
51  * sometimes need to make sure it is the only thread. In this case it needs
52  * to use reference counting mechanisms to cv_wait until any current data
53  * threads are done.
54  *
55  * The mac layer itself does not hold any locks across a call to another layer.
56  * The perimeter is however held across a down call to the driver to make the
57  * whole control operation atomic with respect to other control operations.
58  * Also the data path and get type control operations may proceed concurrently.
59  * These operations synchronize with the single serial operation on a given mac
60  * end point using regular locks. The perimeter ensures that conflicting
61  * operations like say a mac_multicast_add and a mac_multicast_remove on the
62  * same mac end point don't interfere with each other and also ensures that the
63  * changes in the mac layer and the call to the underlying driver to say add a
64  * multicast address are done atomically without interference from a thread
65  * trying to delete the same address.
66  *
67  * For example, consider
68  * mac_multicst_add()
69  * {
70  *	mac_perimeter_enter();	serialize all control operations
71  *
72  *	grab list lock		protect against access by data threads
73  *	add to list
74  *	drop list lock
75  *
76  *	call driver's mi_multicst
77  *
78  *	mac_perimeter_exit();
79  * }
80  *
81  * To lessen the number of serialization locks and simplify the lock hierarchy,
82  * we serialize all the control operations on a per mac end point by using a
83  * single serialization lock called the perimeter. We allow recursive entry into
84  * the perimeter to facilitate use of this mechanism by both the mac client and
85  * the MAC layer itself.
86  *
87  * MAC client means an entity that does an operation on a mac handle
88  * obtained from a mac_open/mac_client_open. Similarly MAC driver means
89  * an entity that does an operation on a mac handle obtained from a
90  * mac_register. An entity could be both client and driver but on different
91  * handles eg. aggr. and should only make the corresponding mac interface calls
92  * i.e. mac driver interface or mac client interface as appropriate for that
93  * mac handle.
94  *
95  * General rules.
96  * -------------
97  *
98  * R1. The lock order of upcall threads is natually opposite to downcall
99  * threads. Hence upcalls must not hold any locks across layers for fear of
100  * recursive lock enter and lock order violation. This applies to all layers.
101  *
102  * R2. The perimeter is just another lock. Since it is held in the down
103  * direction, acquiring the perimeter in an upcall is prohibited as it would
104  * cause a deadlock. This applies to all layers.
105  *
106  * Note that upcalls that need to grab the mac perimeter (for example
107  * mac_notify upcalls) can still achieve that by posting the request to a
108  * thread, which can then grab all the required perimeters and locks in the
109  * right global order. Note that in the above example the mac layer iself
110  * won't grab the mac perimeter in the mac_notify upcall, instead the upcall
111  * to the client must do that. Please see the aggr code for an example.
112  *
113  * MAC client rules
114  * ----------------
115  *
116  * R3. A MAC client may use the MAC provided perimeter facility to serialize
117  * control operations on a per mac end point. It does this by by acquring
118  * and holding the perimeter across a sequence of calls to the mac layer.
119  * This ensures atomicity across the entire block of mac calls. In this
120  * model the MAC client must not hold any client locks across the calls to
121  * the mac layer. This model is the preferred solution.
122  *
123  * R4. However if a MAC client has a lot of global state across all mac end
124  * points the per mac end point serialization may not be sufficient. In this
125  * case the client may choose to use global locks or use its own serialization.
126  * To avoid deadlocks, these client layer locks held across the mac calls
127  * in the control path must never be acquired by the data path for the reason
128  * mentioned below.
129  *
130  * (Assume that a control operation that holds a client lock blocks in the
131  * mac layer waiting for upcall reference counts to drop to zero. If an upcall
132  * data thread that holds this reference count, tries to acquire the same
133  * client lock subsequently it will deadlock).
134  *
135  * A MAC client may follow either the R3 model or the R4 model, but can't
136  * mix both. In the former, the hierarchy is Perim -> client locks, but in
137  * the latter it is client locks -> Perim.
138  *
139  * R5. MAC clients must make MAC calls (excluding data calls) in a cv_wait'able
140  * context since they may block while trying to acquire the perimeter.
141  * In addition some calls may block waiting for upcall refcnts to come down to
142  * zero.
143  *
144  * R6. MAC clients must make sure that they are single threaded and all threads
145  * from the top (in particular data threads) have finished before calling
146  * mac_client_close. The MAC framework does not track the number of client
147  * threads using the mac client handle. Also mac clients must make sure
148  * they have undone all the control operations before calling mac_client_close.
149  * For example mac_unicast_remove/mac_multicast_remove to undo the corresponding
150  * mac_unicast_add/mac_multicast_add.
151  *
152  * MAC framework rules
153  * -------------------
154  *
155  * R7. The mac layer itself must not hold any mac layer locks (except the mac
156  * perimeter) across a call to any other layer from the mac layer. The call to
157  * any other layer could be via mi_* entry points, classifier entry points into
158  * the driver or via upcall pointers into layers above. The mac perimeter may
159  * be acquired or held only in the down direction, for e.g. when calling into
160  * a mi_* driver enty point to provide atomicity of the operation.
161  *
162  * R8. Since it is not guaranteed (see R14) that drivers won't hold locks across
163  * mac driver interfaces, the MAC layer must provide a cut out for control
164  * interfaces like upcall notifications and start them in a separate thread.
165  *
166  * R9. Note that locking order also implies a plumbing order. For example
167  * VNICs are allowed to be created over aggrs, but not vice-versa. An attempt
168  * to plumb in any other order must be failed at mac_open time, otherwise it
169  * could lead to deadlocks due to inverse locking order.
170  *
171  * R10. MAC driver interfaces must not block since the driver could call them
172  * in interrupt context.
173  *
174  * R11. Walkers must preferably not hold any locks while calling walker
175  * callbacks. Instead these can operate on reference counts. In simple
176  * callbacks it may be ok to hold a lock and call the callbacks, but this is
177  * harder to maintain in the general case of arbitrary callbacks.
178  *
179  * R12. The MAC layer must protect upcall notification callbacks using reference
180  * counts rather than holding locks across the callbacks.
181  *
182  * R13. Given the variety of drivers, it is preferable if the MAC layer can make
183  * sure that any pointers (such as mac ring pointers) it passes to the driver
184  * remain valid until mac unregister time. Currently the mac layer achieves
185  * this by using generation numbers for rings and freeing the mac rings only
186  * at unregister time.  The MAC layer must provide a layer of indirection and
187  * must not expose underlying driver rings or driver data structures/pointers
188  * directly to MAC clients.
189  *
190  * MAC driver rules
191  * ----------------
192  *
193  * R14. It would be preferable if MAC drivers don't hold any locks across any
194  * mac call. However at a minimum they must not hold any locks across data
195  * upcalls. They must also make sure that all references to mac data structures
196  * are cleaned up and that it is single threaded at mac_unregister time.
197  *
198  * R15. MAC driver interfaces don't block and so the action may be done
199  * asynchronously in a separate thread as for example handling notifications.
200  * The driver must not assume that the action is complete when the call
201  * returns.
202  *
203  * R16. Drivers must maintain a generation number per Rx ring, and pass it
204  * back to mac_rx_ring(); They are expected to increment the generation
205  * number whenever the ring's stop routine is invoked.
206  * See comments in mac_rx_ring();
207  *
208  * R17 Similarly mi_stop is another synchronization point and the driver must
209  * ensure that all upcalls are done and there won't be any future upcall
210  * before returning from mi_stop.
211  *
212  * R18. The driver may assume that all set/modify control operations via
213  * the mi_* entry points are single threaded on a per mac end point.
214  *
215  * Lock and Perimeter hierarchy scenarios
216  * ---------------------------------------
217  *
218  * i_mac_impl_lock -> mi_rw_lock -> srs_lock -> s_ring_lock[i_mac_tx_srs_notify]
219  *
220  * ft_lock -> fe_lock [mac_flow_lookup]
221  *
222  * mi_rw_lock -> fe_lock [mac_bcast_send]
223  *
224  * srs_lock -> mac_bw_lock [mac_rx_srs_drain_bw]
225  *
226  * cpu_lock -> mac_srs_g_lock -> srs_lock -> s_ring_lock [mac_walk_srs_and_bind]
227  *
228  * i_dls_devnet_lock -> mac layer locks [dls_devnet_rename]
229  *
230  * Perimeters are ordered P1 -> P2 -> P3 from top to bottom in order of mac
231  * client to driver. In the case of clients that explictly use the mac provided
232  * perimeter mechanism for its serialization, the hierarchy is
233  * Perimeter -> mac layer locks, since the client never holds any locks across
234  * the mac calls. In the case of clients that use its own locks the hierarchy
235  * is Client locks -> Mac Perim -> Mac layer locks. The client never explicitly
236  * calls mac_perim_enter/exit in this case.
237  *
238  * Subflow creation rules
239  * ---------------------------
240  * o In case of a user specified cpulist present on underlying link and flows,
241  * the flows cpulist must be a subset of the underlying link.
242  * o In case of a user specified fanout mode present on link and flow, the
243  * subflow fanout count has to be less than or equal to that of the
244  * underlying link. The cpu-bindings for the subflows will be a subset of
245  * the underlying link.
246  * o In case if no cpulist specified on both underlying link and flow, the
247  * underlying link relies on a  MAC tunable to provide out of box fanout.
248  * The subflow will have no cpulist (the subflow will be unbound)
249  * o In case if no cpulist is specified on the underlying link, a subflow can
250  * carry  either a user-specified cpulist or fanout count. The cpu-bindings
251  * for the subflow will not adhere to restriction that they need to be subset
252  * of the underlying link.
253  * o In case where the underlying link is carrying either a user specified
254  * cpulist or fanout mode and for a unspecified subflow, the subflow will be
255  * created unbound.
256  * o While creating unbound subflows, bandwidth mode changes attempt to
257  * figure a right fanout count. In such cases the fanout count will override
258  * the unbound cpu-binding behavior.
259  * o In addition to this, while cycling between flow and link properties, we
260  * impose a restriction that if a link property has a subflow with
261  * user-specified attributes, we will not allow changing the link property.
262  * The administrator needs to reset all the user specified properties for the
263  * subflows before attempting a link property change.
264  * Some of the above rules can be overridden by specifying additional command
265  * line options while creating or modifying link or subflow properties.
266  */
267 
268 #include <sys/types.h>
269 #include <sys/conf.h>
270 #include <sys/id_space.h>
271 #include <sys/esunddi.h>
272 #include <sys/stat.h>
273 #include <sys/mkdev.h>
274 #include <sys/stream.h>
275 #include <sys/strsun.h>
276 #include <sys/strsubr.h>
277 #include <sys/dlpi.h>
278 #include <sys/modhash.h>
279 #include <sys/mac_provider.h>
280 #include <sys/mac_client_impl.h>
281 #include <sys/mac_soft_ring.h>
282 #include <sys/mac_stat.h>
283 #include <sys/mac_impl.h>
284 #include <sys/mac.h>
285 #include <sys/dls.h>
286 #include <sys/dld.h>
287 #include <sys/modctl.h>
288 #include <sys/fs/dv_node.h>
289 #include <sys/thread.h>
290 #include <sys/proc.h>
291 #include <sys/callb.h>
292 #include <sys/cpuvar.h>
293 #include <sys/atomic.h>
294 #include <sys/bitmap.h>
295 #include <sys/sdt.h>
296 #include <sys/mac_flow.h>
297 #include <sys/ddi_intr_impl.h>
298 #include <sys/disp.h>
299 #include <sys/sdt.h>
300 #include <sys/vnic.h>
301 #include <sys/vnic_impl.h>
302 #include <sys/vlan.h>
303 #include <inet/ip.h>
304 #include <inet/ip6.h>
305 #include <sys/exacct.h>
306 #include <sys/exacct_impl.h>
307 #include <inet/nd.h>
308 #include <sys/ethernet.h>
309 #include <sys/pool.h>
310 #include <sys/pool_pset.h>
311 #include <sys/cpupart.h>
312 #include <inet/wifi_ioctl.h>
313 #include <net/wpa.h>
314 
315 #define	IMPL_HASHSZ	67	/* prime */
316 
317 kmem_cache_t	*i_mac_impl_cachep;
318 mod_hash_t		*i_mac_impl_hash;
319 krwlock_t		i_mac_impl_lock;
320 uint_t			i_mac_impl_count;
321 static kmem_cache_t	*mac_ring_cache;
322 static id_space_t	*minor_ids;
323 static uint32_t		minor_count;
324 static pool_event_cb_t	mac_pool_event_reg;
325 
326 /*
327  * Logging stuff. Perhaps mac_logging_interval could be broken into
328  * mac_flow_log_interval and mac_link_log_interval if we want to be
329  * able to schedule them differently.
330  */
331 uint_t			mac_logging_interval;
332 boolean_t		mac_flow_log_enable;
333 boolean_t		mac_link_log_enable;
334 timeout_id_t		mac_logging_timer;
335 
336 /* for debugging, see MAC_DBG_PRT() in mac_impl.h */
337 int mac_dbg = 0;
338 
339 #define	MACTYPE_KMODDIR	"mac"
340 #define	MACTYPE_HASHSZ	67
341 static mod_hash_t	*i_mactype_hash;
342 /*
343  * i_mactype_lock synchronizes threads that obtain references to mactype_t
344  * structures through i_mactype_getplugin().
345  */
346 static kmutex_t		i_mactype_lock;
347 
348 /*
349  * mac_tx_percpu_cnt
350  *
351  * Number of per cpu locks per mac_client_impl_t. Used by the transmit side
352  * in mac_tx to reduce lock contention. This is sized at boot time in mac_init.
353  * mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max is settable in /etc/system and must be a power of 2.
354  * Per cpu locks may be disabled by setting mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max to 1.
355  */
356 int mac_tx_percpu_cnt;
357 int mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max = 128;
358 
359 /*
360  * Call back functions for the bridge module.  These are guaranteed to be valid
361  * when holding a reference on a link or when holding mip->mi_bridge_lock and
362  * mi_bridge_link is non-NULL.
363  */
364 mac_bridge_tx_t mac_bridge_tx_cb;
365 mac_bridge_rx_t mac_bridge_rx_cb;
366 mac_bridge_ref_t mac_bridge_ref_cb;
367 mac_bridge_ls_t mac_bridge_ls_cb;
368 
369 static int i_mac_constructor(void *, void *, int);
370 static void i_mac_destructor(void *, void *);
371 static int i_mac_ring_ctor(void *, void *, int);
372 static void i_mac_ring_dtor(void *, void *);
373 static mblk_t *mac_rx_classify(mac_impl_t *, mac_resource_handle_t, mblk_t *);
374 void mac_tx_client_flush(mac_client_impl_t *);
375 void mac_tx_client_block(mac_client_impl_t *);
376 static void mac_rx_ring_quiesce(mac_ring_t *, uint_t);
377 static int mac_start_group_and_rings(mac_group_t *);
378 static void mac_stop_group_and_rings(mac_group_t *);
379 static void mac_pool_event_cb(pool_event_t, int, void *);
380 
381 /*
382  * Module initialization functions.
383  */
384 
385 void
386 mac_init(void)
387 {
388 	mac_tx_percpu_cnt = ((boot_max_ncpus == -1) ? max_ncpus :
389 	    boot_max_ncpus);
390 
391 	/* Upper bound is mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max */
392 	if (mac_tx_percpu_cnt > mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max)
393 		mac_tx_percpu_cnt = mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max;
394 
395 	if (mac_tx_percpu_cnt < 1) {
396 		/* Someone set max_tx_percpu_cnt_max to 0 or less */
397 		mac_tx_percpu_cnt = 1;
398 	}
399 
400 	ASSERT(mac_tx_percpu_cnt >= 1);
401 	mac_tx_percpu_cnt = (1 << highbit(mac_tx_percpu_cnt - 1));
402 	/*
403 	 * Make it of the form 2**N - 1 in the range
404 	 * [0 .. mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max - 1]
405 	 */
406 	mac_tx_percpu_cnt--;
407 
408 	i_mac_impl_cachep = kmem_cache_create("mac_impl_cache",
409 	    sizeof (mac_impl_t), 0, i_mac_constructor, i_mac_destructor,
410 	    NULL, NULL, NULL, 0);
411 	ASSERT(i_mac_impl_cachep != NULL);
412 
413 	mac_ring_cache = kmem_cache_create("mac_ring_cache",
414 	    sizeof (mac_ring_t), 0, i_mac_ring_ctor, i_mac_ring_dtor, NULL,
415 	    NULL, NULL, 0);
416 	ASSERT(mac_ring_cache != NULL);
417 
418 	i_mac_impl_hash = mod_hash_create_extended("mac_impl_hash",
419 	    IMPL_HASHSZ, mod_hash_null_keydtor, mod_hash_null_valdtor,
420 	    mod_hash_bystr, NULL, mod_hash_strkey_cmp, KM_SLEEP);
421 	rw_init(&i_mac_impl_lock, NULL, RW_DEFAULT, NULL);
422 
423 	mac_flow_init();
424 	mac_soft_ring_init();
425 	mac_bcast_init();
426 	mac_client_init();
427 
428 	i_mac_impl_count = 0;
429 
430 	i_mactype_hash = mod_hash_create_extended("mactype_hash",
431 	    MACTYPE_HASHSZ,
432 	    mod_hash_null_keydtor, mod_hash_null_valdtor,
433 	    mod_hash_bystr, NULL, mod_hash_strkey_cmp, KM_SLEEP);
434 
435 	/*
436 	 * Allocate an id space to manage minor numbers. The range of the
437 	 * space will be from MAC_MAX_MINOR+1 to MAC_PRIVATE_MINOR-1.  This
438 	 * leaves half of the 32-bit minors available for driver private use.
439 	 */
440 	minor_ids = id_space_create("mac_minor_ids", MAC_MAX_MINOR+1,
441 	    MAC_PRIVATE_MINOR-1);
442 	ASSERT(minor_ids != NULL);
443 	minor_count = 0;
444 
445 	/* Let's default to 20 seconds */
446 	mac_logging_interval = 20;
447 	mac_flow_log_enable = B_FALSE;
448 	mac_link_log_enable = B_FALSE;
449 	mac_logging_timer = 0;
450 
451 	/* Register to be notified of noteworthy pools events */
452 	mac_pool_event_reg.pec_func =  mac_pool_event_cb;
453 	mac_pool_event_reg.pec_arg = NULL;
454 	pool_event_cb_register(&mac_pool_event_reg);
455 }
456 
457 int
458 mac_fini(void)
459 {
460 
461 	if (i_mac_impl_count > 0 || minor_count > 0)
462 		return (EBUSY);
463 
464 	pool_event_cb_unregister(&mac_pool_event_reg);
465 
466 	id_space_destroy(minor_ids);
467 	mac_flow_fini();
468 
469 	mod_hash_destroy_hash(i_mac_impl_hash);
470 	rw_destroy(&i_mac_impl_lock);
471 
472 	mac_client_fini();
473 	kmem_cache_destroy(mac_ring_cache);
474 
475 	mod_hash_destroy_hash(i_mactype_hash);
476 	mac_soft_ring_finish();
477 
478 
479 	return (0);
480 }
481 
482 /*
483  * Initialize a GLDv3 driver's device ops.  A driver that manages its own ops
484  * (e.g. softmac) may pass in a NULL ops argument.
485  */
486 void
487 mac_init_ops(struct dev_ops *ops, const char *name)
488 {
489 	major_t major = ddi_name_to_major((char *)name);
490 
491 	/*
492 	 * By returning on error below, we are not letting the driver continue
493 	 * in an undefined context.  The mac_register() function will faill if
494 	 * DN_GLDV3_DRIVER isn't set.
495 	 */
496 	if (major == DDI_MAJOR_T_NONE)
497 		return;
498 	LOCK_DEV_OPS(&devnamesp[major].dn_lock);
499 	devnamesp[major].dn_flags |= (DN_GLDV3_DRIVER | DN_NETWORK_DRIVER);
500 	UNLOCK_DEV_OPS(&devnamesp[major].dn_lock);
501 	if (ops != NULL)
502 		dld_init_ops(ops, name);
503 }
504 
505 void
506 mac_fini_ops(struct dev_ops *ops)
507 {
508 	dld_fini_ops(ops);
509 }
510 
511 /*ARGSUSED*/
512 static int
513 i_mac_constructor(void *buf, void *arg, int kmflag)
514 {
515 	mac_impl_t	*mip = buf;
516 
517 	bzero(buf, sizeof (mac_impl_t));
518 
519 	mip->mi_linkstate = LINK_STATE_UNKNOWN;
520 
521 	rw_init(&mip->mi_rw_lock, NULL, RW_DRIVER, NULL);
522 	mutex_init(&mip->mi_notify_lock, NULL, MUTEX_DRIVER, NULL);
523 	mutex_init(&mip->mi_promisc_lock, NULL, MUTEX_DRIVER, NULL);
524 	mutex_init(&mip->mi_ring_lock, NULL, MUTEX_DEFAULT, NULL);
525 
526 	mip->mi_notify_cb_info.mcbi_lockp = &mip->mi_notify_lock;
527 	cv_init(&mip->mi_notify_cb_info.mcbi_cv, NULL, CV_DRIVER, NULL);
528 	mip->mi_promisc_cb_info.mcbi_lockp = &mip->mi_promisc_lock;
529 	cv_init(&mip->mi_promisc_cb_info.mcbi_cv, NULL, CV_DRIVER, NULL);
530 
531 	mutex_init(&mip->mi_bridge_lock, NULL, MUTEX_DEFAULT, NULL);
532 
533 	return (0);
534 }
535 
536 /*ARGSUSED*/
537 static void
538 i_mac_destructor(void *buf, void *arg)
539 {
540 	mac_impl_t	*mip = buf;
541 	mac_cb_info_t	*mcbi;
542 
543 	ASSERT(mip->mi_ref == 0);
544 	ASSERT(mip->mi_active == 0);
545 	ASSERT(mip->mi_linkstate == LINK_STATE_UNKNOWN);
546 	ASSERT(mip->mi_devpromisc == 0);
547 	ASSERT(mip->mi_ksp == NULL);
548 	ASSERT(mip->mi_kstat_count == 0);
549 	ASSERT(mip->mi_nclients == 0);
550 	ASSERT(mip->mi_nactiveclients == 0);
551 	ASSERT(mip->mi_single_active_client == NULL);
552 	ASSERT(mip->mi_state_flags == 0);
553 	ASSERT(mip->mi_factory_addr == NULL);
554 	ASSERT(mip->mi_factory_addr_num == 0);
555 	ASSERT(mip->mi_default_tx_ring == NULL);
556 
557 	mcbi = &mip->mi_notify_cb_info;
558 	ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt == 0 && mcbi->mcbi_walker_cnt == 0);
559 	ASSERT(mip->mi_notify_bits == 0);
560 	ASSERT(mip->mi_notify_thread == NULL);
561 	ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_lockp == &mip->mi_notify_lock);
562 	mcbi->mcbi_lockp = NULL;
563 
564 	mcbi = &mip->mi_promisc_cb_info;
565 	ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt == 0 && mip->mi_promisc_list == NULL);
566 	ASSERT(mip->mi_promisc_list == NULL);
567 	ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_lockp == &mip->mi_promisc_lock);
568 	mcbi->mcbi_lockp = NULL;
569 
570 	ASSERT(mip->mi_bcast_ngrps == 0 && mip->mi_bcast_grp == NULL);
571 	ASSERT(mip->mi_perim_owner == NULL && mip->mi_perim_ocnt == 0);
572 
573 	rw_destroy(&mip->mi_rw_lock);
574 
575 	mutex_destroy(&mip->mi_promisc_lock);
576 	cv_destroy(&mip->mi_promisc_cb_info.mcbi_cv);
577 	mutex_destroy(&mip->mi_notify_lock);
578 	cv_destroy(&mip->mi_notify_cb_info.mcbi_cv);
579 	mutex_destroy(&mip->mi_ring_lock);
580 
581 	ASSERT(mip->mi_bridge_link == NULL);
582 }
583 
584 /* ARGSUSED */
585 static int
586 i_mac_ring_ctor(void *buf, void *arg, int kmflag)
587 {
588 	mac_ring_t *ring = (mac_ring_t *)buf;
589 
590 	bzero(ring, sizeof (mac_ring_t));
591 	cv_init(&ring->mr_cv, NULL, CV_DEFAULT, NULL);
592 	mutex_init(&ring->mr_lock, NULL, MUTEX_DEFAULT, NULL);
593 	ring->mr_state = MR_FREE;
594 	return (0);
595 }
596 
597 /* ARGSUSED */
598 static void
599 i_mac_ring_dtor(void *buf, void *arg)
600 {
601 	mac_ring_t *ring = (mac_ring_t *)buf;
602 
603 	cv_destroy(&ring->mr_cv);
604 	mutex_destroy(&ring->mr_lock);
605 }
606 
607 /*
608  * Common functions to do mac callback addition and deletion. Currently this is
609  * used by promisc callbacks and notify callbacks. List addition and deletion
610  * need to take care of list walkers. List walkers in general, can't hold list
611  * locks and make upcall callbacks due to potential lock order and recursive
612  * reentry issues. Instead list walkers increment the list walker count to mark
613  * the presence of a walker thread. Addition can be carefully done to ensure
614  * that the list walker always sees either the old list or the new list.
615  * However the deletion can't be done while the walker is active, instead the
616  * deleting thread simply marks the entry as logically deleted. The last walker
617  * physically deletes and frees up the logically deleted entries when the walk
618  * is complete.
619  */
620 void
621 mac_callback_add(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi, mac_cb_t **mcb_head,
622     mac_cb_t *mcb_elem)
623 {
624 	mac_cb_t	*p;
625 	mac_cb_t	**pp;
626 
627 	/* Verify it is not already in the list */
628 	for (pp = mcb_head; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->mcb_nextp) {
629 		if (p == mcb_elem)
630 			break;
631 	}
632 	VERIFY(p == NULL);
633 
634 	/*
635 	 * Add it to the head of the callback list. The membar ensures that
636 	 * the following list pointer manipulations reach global visibility
637 	 * in exactly the program order below.
638 	 */
639 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(mcbi->mcbi_lockp));
640 
641 	mcb_elem->mcb_nextp = *mcb_head;
642 	membar_producer();
643 	*mcb_head = mcb_elem;
644 }
645 
646 /*
647  * Mark the entry as logically deleted. If there aren't any walkers unlink
648  * from the list. In either case return the corresponding status.
649  */
650 boolean_t
651 mac_callback_remove(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi, mac_cb_t **mcb_head,
652     mac_cb_t *mcb_elem)
653 {
654 	mac_cb_t	*p;
655 	mac_cb_t	**pp;
656 
657 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(mcbi->mcbi_lockp));
658 	/*
659 	 * Search the callback list for the entry to be removed
660 	 */
661 	for (pp = mcb_head; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->mcb_nextp) {
662 		if (p == mcb_elem)
663 			break;
664 	}
665 	VERIFY(p != NULL);
666 
667 	/*
668 	 * If there are walkers just mark it as deleted and the last walker
669 	 * will remove from the list and free it.
670 	 */
671 	if (mcbi->mcbi_walker_cnt != 0) {
672 		p->mcb_flags |= MCB_CONDEMNED;
673 		mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt++;
674 		return (B_FALSE);
675 	}
676 
677 	ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt == 0);
678 	*pp = p->mcb_nextp;
679 	p->mcb_nextp = NULL;
680 	return (B_TRUE);
681 }
682 
683 /*
684  * Wait for all pending callback removals to be completed
685  */
686 void
687 mac_callback_remove_wait(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi)
688 {
689 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(mcbi->mcbi_lockp));
690 	while (mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt != 0) {
691 		DTRACE_PROBE1(need_wait, mac_cb_info_t *, mcbi);
692 		cv_wait(&mcbi->mcbi_cv, mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
693 	}
694 }
695 
696 /*
697  * The last mac callback walker does the cleanup. Walk the list and unlik
698  * all the logically deleted entries and construct a temporary list of
699  * removed entries. Return the list of removed entries to the caller.
700  */
701 mac_cb_t *
702 mac_callback_walker_cleanup(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi, mac_cb_t **mcb_head)
703 {
704 	mac_cb_t	*p;
705 	mac_cb_t	**pp;
706 	mac_cb_t	*rmlist = NULL;		/* List of removed elements */
707 	int	cnt = 0;
708 
709 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(mcbi->mcbi_lockp));
710 	ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt != 0 && mcbi->mcbi_walker_cnt == 0);
711 
712 	pp = mcb_head;
713 	while (*pp != NULL) {
714 		if ((*pp)->mcb_flags & MCB_CONDEMNED) {
715 			p = *pp;
716 			*pp = p->mcb_nextp;
717 			p->mcb_nextp = rmlist;
718 			rmlist = p;
719 			cnt++;
720 			continue;
721 		}
722 		pp = &(*pp)->mcb_nextp;
723 	}
724 
725 	ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt == cnt);
726 	mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt = 0;
727 	return (rmlist);
728 }
729 
730 boolean_t
731 mac_callback_lookup(mac_cb_t **mcb_headp, mac_cb_t *mcb_elem)
732 {
733 	mac_cb_t	*mcb;
734 
735 	/* Verify it is not already in the list */
736 	for (mcb = *mcb_headp; mcb != NULL; mcb = mcb->mcb_nextp) {
737 		if (mcb == mcb_elem)
738 			return (B_TRUE);
739 	}
740 
741 	return (B_FALSE);
742 }
743 
744 boolean_t
745 mac_callback_find(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi, mac_cb_t **mcb_headp, mac_cb_t *mcb_elem)
746 {
747 	boolean_t	found;
748 
749 	mutex_enter(mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
750 	found = mac_callback_lookup(mcb_headp, mcb_elem);
751 	mutex_exit(mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
752 
753 	return (found);
754 }
755 
756 /* Free the list of removed callbacks */
757 void
758 mac_callback_free(mac_cb_t *rmlist)
759 {
760 	mac_cb_t	*mcb;
761 	mac_cb_t	*mcb_next;
762 
763 	for (mcb = rmlist; mcb != NULL; mcb = mcb_next) {
764 		mcb_next = mcb->mcb_nextp;
765 		kmem_free(mcb->mcb_objp, mcb->mcb_objsize);
766 	}
767 }
768 
769 /*
770  * The promisc callbacks are in 2 lists, one off the 'mip' and another off the
771  * 'mcip' threaded by mpi_mi_link and mpi_mci_link respectively. However there
772  * is only a single shared total walker count, and an entry can't be physically
773  * unlinked if a walker is active on either list. The last walker does this
774  * cleanup of logically deleted entries.
775  */
776 void
777 i_mac_promisc_walker_cleanup(mac_impl_t *mip)
778 {
779 	mac_cb_t	*rmlist;
780 	mac_cb_t	*mcb;
781 	mac_cb_t	*mcb_next;
782 	mac_promisc_impl_t	*mpip;
783 
784 	/*
785 	 * Construct a temporary list of deleted callbacks by walking the
786 	 * the mi_promisc_list. Then for each entry in the temporary list,
787 	 * remove it from the mci_promisc_list and free the entry.
788 	 */
789 	rmlist = mac_callback_walker_cleanup(&mip->mi_promisc_cb_info,
790 	    &mip->mi_promisc_list);
791 
792 	for (mcb = rmlist; mcb != NULL; mcb = mcb_next) {
793 		mcb_next = mcb->mcb_nextp;
794 		mpip = (mac_promisc_impl_t *)mcb->mcb_objp;
795 		VERIFY(mac_callback_remove(&mip->mi_promisc_cb_info,
796 		    &mpip->mpi_mcip->mci_promisc_list, &mpip->mpi_mci_link));
797 		mcb->mcb_flags = 0;
798 		mcb->mcb_nextp = NULL;
799 		kmem_cache_free(mac_promisc_impl_cache, mpip);
800 	}
801 }
802 
803 void
804 i_mac_notify(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_notify_type_t type)
805 {
806 	mac_cb_info_t	*mcbi;
807 
808 	/*
809 	 * Signal the notify thread even after mi_ref has become zero and
810 	 * mi_disabled is set. The synchronization with the notify thread
811 	 * happens in mac_unregister and that implies the driver must make
812 	 * sure it is single-threaded (with respect to mac calls) and that
813 	 * all pending mac calls have returned before it calls mac_unregister
814 	 */
815 	rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_READER);
816 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_DISABLED)
817 		goto exit;
818 
819 	/*
820 	 * Guard against incorrect notifications.  (Running a newer
821 	 * mac client against an older implementation?)
822 	 */
823 	if (type >= MAC_NNOTE)
824 		goto exit;
825 
826 	mcbi = &mip->mi_notify_cb_info;
827 	mutex_enter(mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
828 	mip->mi_notify_bits |= (1 << type);
829 	cv_broadcast(&mcbi->mcbi_cv);
830 	mutex_exit(mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
831 
832 exit:
833 	rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
834 }
835 
836 /*
837  * Mac serialization primitives. Please see the block comment at the
838  * top of the file.
839  */
840 void
841 i_mac_perim_enter(mac_impl_t *mip)
842 {
843 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip;
844 
845 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) {
846 		/*
847 		 * This is a VNIC. Return the lower mac since that is what
848 		 * we want to serialize on.
849 		 */
850 		mcip = mac_vnic_lower(mip);
851 		mip = mcip->mci_mip;
852 	}
853 
854 	mutex_enter(&mip->mi_perim_lock);
855 	if (mip->mi_perim_owner == curthread) {
856 		mip->mi_perim_ocnt++;
857 		mutex_exit(&mip->mi_perim_lock);
858 		return;
859 	}
860 
861 	while (mip->mi_perim_owner != NULL)
862 		cv_wait(&mip->mi_perim_cv, &mip->mi_perim_lock);
863 
864 	mip->mi_perim_owner = curthread;
865 	ASSERT(mip->mi_perim_ocnt == 0);
866 	mip->mi_perim_ocnt++;
867 #ifdef DEBUG
868 	mip->mi_perim_stack_depth = getpcstack(mip->mi_perim_stack,
869 	    MAC_PERIM_STACK_DEPTH);
870 #endif
871 	mutex_exit(&mip->mi_perim_lock);
872 }
873 
874 int
875 i_mac_perim_enter_nowait(mac_impl_t *mip)
876 {
877 	/*
878 	 * The vnic is a special case, since the serialization is done based
879 	 * on the lower mac. If the lower mac is busy, it does not imply the
880 	 * vnic can't be unregistered. But in the case of other drivers,
881 	 * a busy perimeter or open mac handles implies that the mac is busy
882 	 * and can't be unregistered.
883 	 */
884 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) {
885 		i_mac_perim_enter(mip);
886 		return (0);
887 	}
888 
889 	mutex_enter(&mip->mi_perim_lock);
890 	if (mip->mi_perim_owner != NULL) {
891 		mutex_exit(&mip->mi_perim_lock);
892 		return (EBUSY);
893 	}
894 	ASSERT(mip->mi_perim_ocnt == 0);
895 	mip->mi_perim_owner = curthread;
896 	mip->mi_perim_ocnt++;
897 	mutex_exit(&mip->mi_perim_lock);
898 
899 	return (0);
900 }
901 
902 void
903 i_mac_perim_exit(mac_impl_t *mip)
904 {
905 	mac_client_impl_t *mcip;
906 
907 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) {
908 		/*
909 		 * This is a VNIC. Return the lower mac since that is what
910 		 * we want to serialize on.
911 		 */
912 		mcip = mac_vnic_lower(mip);
913 		mip = mcip->mci_mip;
914 	}
915 
916 	ASSERT(mip->mi_perim_owner == curthread && mip->mi_perim_ocnt != 0);
917 
918 	mutex_enter(&mip->mi_perim_lock);
919 	if (--mip->mi_perim_ocnt == 0) {
920 		mip->mi_perim_owner = NULL;
921 		cv_signal(&mip->mi_perim_cv);
922 	}
923 	mutex_exit(&mip->mi_perim_lock);
924 }
925 
926 /*
927  * Returns whether the current thread holds the mac perimeter. Used in making
928  * assertions.
929  */
930 boolean_t
931 mac_perim_held(mac_handle_t mh)
932 {
933 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
934 	mac_client_impl_t *mcip;
935 
936 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) {
937 		/*
938 		 * This is a VNIC. Return the lower mac since that is what
939 		 * we want to serialize on.
940 		 */
941 		mcip = mac_vnic_lower(mip);
942 		mip = mcip->mci_mip;
943 	}
944 	return (mip->mi_perim_owner == curthread);
945 }
946 
947 /*
948  * mac client interfaces to enter the mac perimeter of a mac end point, given
949  * its mac handle, or macname or linkid.
950  */
951 void
952 mac_perim_enter_by_mh(mac_handle_t mh, mac_perim_handle_t *mphp)
953 {
954 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
955 
956 	i_mac_perim_enter(mip);
957 	/*
958 	 * The mac_perim_handle_t returned encodes the 'mip' and whether a
959 	 * mac_open has been done internally while entering the perimeter.
960 	 * This information is used in mac_perim_exit
961 	 */
962 	MAC_ENCODE_MPH(*mphp, mip, 0);
963 }
964 
965 int
966 mac_perim_enter_by_macname(const char *name, mac_perim_handle_t *mphp)
967 {
968 	int	err;
969 	mac_handle_t	mh;
970 
971 	if ((err = mac_open(name, &mh)) != 0)
972 		return (err);
973 
974 	mac_perim_enter_by_mh(mh, mphp);
975 	MAC_ENCODE_MPH(*mphp, mh, 1);
976 	return (0);
977 }
978 
979 int
980 mac_perim_enter_by_linkid(datalink_id_t linkid, mac_perim_handle_t *mphp)
981 {
982 	int	err;
983 	mac_handle_t	mh;
984 
985 	if ((err = mac_open_by_linkid(linkid, &mh)) != 0)
986 		return (err);
987 
988 	mac_perim_enter_by_mh(mh, mphp);
989 	MAC_ENCODE_MPH(*mphp, mh, 1);
990 	return (0);
991 }
992 
993 void
994 mac_perim_exit(mac_perim_handle_t mph)
995 {
996 	mac_impl_t	*mip;
997 	boolean_t	need_close;
998 
999 	MAC_DECODE_MPH(mph, mip, need_close);
1000 	i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
1001 	if (need_close)
1002 		mac_close((mac_handle_t)mip);
1003 }
1004 
1005 int
1006 mac_hold(const char *macname, mac_impl_t **pmip)
1007 {
1008 	mac_impl_t	*mip;
1009 	int		err;
1010 
1011 	/*
1012 	 * Check the device name length to make sure it won't overflow our
1013 	 * buffer.
1014 	 */
1015 	if (strlen(macname) >= MAXNAMELEN)
1016 		return (EINVAL);
1017 
1018 	/*
1019 	 * Look up its entry in the global hash table.
1020 	 */
1021 	rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_WRITER);
1022 	err = mod_hash_find(i_mac_impl_hash, (mod_hash_key_t)macname,
1023 	    (mod_hash_val_t *)&mip);
1024 
1025 	if (err != 0) {
1026 		rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
1027 		return (ENOENT);
1028 	}
1029 
1030 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_DISABLED) {
1031 		rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
1032 		return (ENOENT);
1033 	}
1034 
1035 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_EXCLUSIVE_HELD) {
1036 		rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
1037 		return (EBUSY);
1038 	}
1039 
1040 	mip->mi_ref++;
1041 	rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
1042 
1043 	*pmip = mip;
1044 	return (0);
1045 }
1046 
1047 void
1048 mac_rele(mac_impl_t *mip)
1049 {
1050 	rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_WRITER);
1051 	ASSERT(mip->mi_ref != 0);
1052 	if (--mip->mi_ref == 0) {
1053 		ASSERT(mip->mi_nactiveclients == 0 &&
1054 		    !(mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_EXCLUSIVE));
1055 	}
1056 	rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
1057 }
1058 
1059 /*
1060  * Private GLDv3 function to start a MAC instance.
1061  */
1062 int
1063 mac_start(mac_handle_t mh)
1064 {
1065 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
1066 	int		err = 0;
1067 	mac_group_t	*defgrp;
1068 
1069 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
1070 	ASSERT(mip->mi_start != NULL);
1071 
1072 	/*
1073 	 * Check whether the device is already started.
1074 	 */
1075 	if (mip->mi_active++ == 0) {
1076 		mac_ring_t *ring = NULL;
1077 
1078 		/*
1079 		 * Start the device.
1080 		 */
1081 		err = mip->mi_start(mip->mi_driver);
1082 		if (err != 0) {
1083 			mip->mi_active--;
1084 			return (err);
1085 		}
1086 
1087 		/*
1088 		 * Start the default tx ring.
1089 		 */
1090 		if (mip->mi_default_tx_ring != NULL) {
1091 
1092 			ring = (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring;
1093 			if (ring->mr_state != MR_INUSE) {
1094 				err = mac_start_ring(ring);
1095 				if (err != 0) {
1096 					mip->mi_active--;
1097 					return (err);
1098 				}
1099 			}
1100 		}
1101 
1102 		if ((defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip)) != NULL) {
1103 			/*
1104 			 * Start the default ring, since it will be needed
1105 			 * to receive broadcast and multicast traffic for
1106 			 * both primary and non-primary MAC clients.
1107 			 */
1108 			ASSERT(defgrp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED);
1109 			err = mac_start_group_and_rings(defgrp);
1110 			if (err != 0) {
1111 				mip->mi_active--;
1112 				if ((ring != NULL) &&
1113 				    (ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE))
1114 					mac_stop_ring(ring);
1115 				return (err);
1116 			}
1117 			mac_set_group_state(defgrp, MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED);
1118 		}
1119 	}
1120 
1121 	return (err);
1122 }
1123 
1124 /*
1125  * Private GLDv3 function to stop a MAC instance.
1126  */
1127 void
1128 mac_stop(mac_handle_t mh)
1129 {
1130 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
1131 	mac_group_t	*grp;
1132 
1133 	ASSERT(mip->mi_stop != NULL);
1134 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
1135 
1136 	/*
1137 	 * Check whether the device is still needed.
1138 	 */
1139 	ASSERT(mip->mi_active != 0);
1140 	if (--mip->mi_active == 0) {
1141 		if ((grp = MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip)) != NULL) {
1142 			/*
1143 			 * There should be no more active clients since the
1144 			 * MAC is being stopped. Stop the default RX group
1145 			 * and transition it back to registered state.
1146 			 *
1147 			 * When clients are torn down, the groups
1148 			 * are release via mac_release_rx_group which
1149 			 * knows the the default group is always in
1150 			 * started mode since broadcast uses it. So
1151 			 * we can assert that their are no clients
1152 			 * (since mac_bcast_add doesn't register itself
1153 			 * as a client) and group is in SHARED state.
1154 			 */
1155 			ASSERT(grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED);
1156 			ASSERT(MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(grp) &&
1157 			    mip->mi_nactiveclients == 0);
1158 			mac_stop_group_and_rings(grp);
1159 			mac_set_group_state(grp, MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED);
1160 		}
1161 
1162 		if (mip->mi_default_tx_ring != NULL) {
1163 			mac_ring_t *ring;
1164 
1165 			ring = (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring;
1166 			if (ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE) {
1167 				mac_stop_ring(ring);
1168 				ring->mr_flag = 0;
1169 			}
1170 		}
1171 
1172 		/*
1173 		 * Stop the device.
1174 		 */
1175 		mip->mi_stop(mip->mi_driver);
1176 	}
1177 }
1178 
1179 int
1180 i_mac_promisc_set(mac_impl_t *mip, boolean_t on)
1181 {
1182 	int		err = 0;
1183 
1184 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
1185 	ASSERT(mip->mi_setpromisc != NULL);
1186 
1187 	if (on) {
1188 		/*
1189 		 * Enable promiscuous mode on the device if not yet enabled.
1190 		 */
1191 		if (mip->mi_devpromisc++ == 0) {
1192 			err = mip->mi_setpromisc(mip->mi_driver, B_TRUE);
1193 			if (err != 0) {
1194 				mip->mi_devpromisc--;
1195 				return (err);
1196 			}
1197 			i_mac_notify(mip, MAC_NOTE_DEVPROMISC);
1198 		}
1199 	} else {
1200 		if (mip->mi_devpromisc == 0)
1201 			return (EPROTO);
1202 
1203 		/*
1204 		 * Disable promiscuous mode on the device if this is the last
1205 		 * enabling.
1206 		 */
1207 		if (--mip->mi_devpromisc == 0) {
1208 			err = mip->mi_setpromisc(mip->mi_driver, B_FALSE);
1209 			if (err != 0) {
1210 				mip->mi_devpromisc++;
1211 				return (err);
1212 			}
1213 			i_mac_notify(mip, MAC_NOTE_DEVPROMISC);
1214 		}
1215 	}
1216 
1217 	return (0);
1218 }
1219 
1220 /*
1221  * The promiscuity state can change any time. If the caller needs to take
1222  * actions that are atomic with the promiscuity state, then the caller needs
1223  * to bracket the entire sequence with mac_perim_enter/exit
1224  */
1225 boolean_t
1226 mac_promisc_get(mac_handle_t mh)
1227 {
1228 	mac_impl_t		*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
1229 
1230 	/*
1231 	 * Return the current promiscuity.
1232 	 */
1233 	return (mip->mi_devpromisc != 0);
1234 }
1235 
1236 /*
1237  * Invoked at MAC instance attach time to initialize the list
1238  * of factory MAC addresses supported by a MAC instance. This function
1239  * builds a local cache in the mac_impl_t for the MAC addresses
1240  * supported by the underlying hardware. The MAC clients themselves
1241  * use the mac_addr_factory*() functions to query and reserve
1242  * factory MAC addresses.
1243  */
1244 void
1245 mac_addr_factory_init(mac_impl_t *mip)
1246 {
1247 	mac_capab_multifactaddr_t capab;
1248 	uint8_t *addr;
1249 	int i;
1250 
1251 	/*
1252 	 * First round to see how many factory MAC addresses are available.
1253 	 */
1254 	bzero(&capab, sizeof (capab));
1255 	if (!i_mac_capab_get((mac_handle_t)mip, MAC_CAPAB_MULTIFACTADDR,
1256 	    &capab) || (capab.mcm_naddr == 0)) {
1257 		/*
1258 		 * The MAC instance doesn't support multiple factory
1259 		 * MAC addresses, we're done here.
1260 		 */
1261 		return;
1262 	}
1263 
1264 	/*
1265 	 * Allocate the space and get all the factory addresses.
1266 	 */
1267 	addr = kmem_alloc(capab.mcm_naddr * MAXMACADDRLEN, KM_SLEEP);
1268 	capab.mcm_getaddr(mip->mi_driver, capab.mcm_naddr, addr);
1269 
1270 	mip->mi_factory_addr_num = capab.mcm_naddr;
1271 	mip->mi_factory_addr = kmem_zalloc(mip->mi_factory_addr_num *
1272 	    sizeof (mac_factory_addr_t), KM_SLEEP);
1273 
1274 	for (i = 0; i < capab.mcm_naddr; i++) {
1275 		bcopy(addr + i * MAXMACADDRLEN,
1276 		    mip->mi_factory_addr[i].mfa_addr,
1277 		    mip->mi_type->mt_addr_length);
1278 		mip->mi_factory_addr[i].mfa_in_use = B_FALSE;
1279 	}
1280 
1281 	kmem_free(addr, capab.mcm_naddr * MAXMACADDRLEN);
1282 }
1283 
1284 void
1285 mac_addr_factory_fini(mac_impl_t *mip)
1286 {
1287 	if (mip->mi_factory_addr == NULL) {
1288 		ASSERT(mip->mi_factory_addr_num == 0);
1289 		return;
1290 	}
1291 
1292 	kmem_free(mip->mi_factory_addr, mip->mi_factory_addr_num *
1293 	    sizeof (mac_factory_addr_t));
1294 
1295 	mip->mi_factory_addr = NULL;
1296 	mip->mi_factory_addr_num = 0;
1297 }
1298 
1299 /*
1300  * Reserve a factory MAC address. If *slot is set to -1, the function
1301  * attempts to reserve any of the available factory MAC addresses and
1302  * returns the reserved slot id. If no slots are available, the function
1303  * returns ENOSPC. If *slot is not set to -1, the function reserves
1304  * the specified slot if it is available, or returns EBUSY is the slot
1305  * is already used. Returns ENOTSUP if the underlying MAC does not
1306  * support multiple factory addresses. If the slot number is not -1 but
1307  * is invalid, returns EINVAL.
1308  */
1309 int
1310 mac_addr_factory_reserve(mac_client_handle_t mch, int *slot)
1311 {
1312 	mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
1313 	mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip;
1314 	int i, ret = 0;
1315 
1316 	i_mac_perim_enter(mip);
1317 	/*
1318 	 * Protect against concurrent readers that may need a self-consistent
1319 	 * view of the factory addresses
1320 	 */
1321 	rw_enter(&mip->mi_rw_lock, RW_WRITER);
1322 
1323 	if (mip->mi_factory_addr_num == 0) {
1324 		ret = ENOTSUP;
1325 		goto bail;
1326 	}
1327 
1328 	if (*slot != -1) {
1329 		/* check the specified slot */
1330 		if (*slot < 1 || *slot > mip->mi_factory_addr_num) {
1331 			ret = EINVAL;
1332 			goto bail;
1333 		}
1334 		if (mip->mi_factory_addr[*slot-1].mfa_in_use) {
1335 			ret = EBUSY;
1336 			goto bail;
1337 		}
1338 	} else {
1339 		/* pick the next available slot */
1340 		for (i = 0; i < mip->mi_factory_addr_num; i++) {
1341 			if (!mip->mi_factory_addr[i].mfa_in_use)
1342 				break;
1343 		}
1344 
1345 		if (i == mip->mi_factory_addr_num) {
1346 			ret = ENOSPC;
1347 			goto bail;
1348 		}
1349 		*slot = i+1;
1350 	}
1351 
1352 	mip->mi_factory_addr[*slot-1].mfa_in_use = B_TRUE;
1353 	mip->mi_factory_addr[*slot-1].mfa_client = mcip;
1354 
1355 bail:
1356 	rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock);
1357 	i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
1358 	return (ret);
1359 }
1360 
1361 /*
1362  * Release the specified factory MAC address slot.
1363  */
1364 void
1365 mac_addr_factory_release(mac_client_handle_t mch, uint_t slot)
1366 {
1367 	mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
1368 	mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip;
1369 
1370 	i_mac_perim_enter(mip);
1371 	/*
1372 	 * Protect against concurrent readers that may need a self-consistent
1373 	 * view of the factory addresses
1374 	 */
1375 	rw_enter(&mip->mi_rw_lock, RW_WRITER);
1376 
1377 	ASSERT(slot > 0 && slot <= mip->mi_factory_addr_num);
1378 	ASSERT(mip->mi_factory_addr[slot-1].mfa_in_use);
1379 
1380 	mip->mi_factory_addr[slot-1].mfa_in_use = B_FALSE;
1381 
1382 	rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock);
1383 	i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
1384 }
1385 
1386 /*
1387  * Stores in mac_addr the value of the specified MAC address. Returns
1388  * 0 on success, or EINVAL if the slot number is not valid for the MAC.
1389  * The caller must provide a string of at least MAXNAMELEN bytes.
1390  */
1391 void
1392 mac_addr_factory_value(mac_handle_t mh, int slot, uchar_t *mac_addr,
1393     uint_t *addr_len, char *client_name, boolean_t *in_use_arg)
1394 {
1395 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
1396 	boolean_t in_use;
1397 
1398 	ASSERT(slot > 0 && slot <= mip->mi_factory_addr_num);
1399 
1400 	/*
1401 	 * Readers need to hold mi_rw_lock. Writers need to hold mac perimeter
1402 	 * and mi_rw_lock
1403 	 */
1404 	rw_enter(&mip->mi_rw_lock, RW_READER);
1405 	bcopy(mip->mi_factory_addr[slot-1].mfa_addr, mac_addr, MAXMACADDRLEN);
1406 	*addr_len = mip->mi_type->mt_addr_length;
1407 	in_use = mip->mi_factory_addr[slot-1].mfa_in_use;
1408 	if (in_use && client_name != NULL) {
1409 		bcopy(mip->mi_factory_addr[slot-1].mfa_client->mci_name,
1410 		    client_name, MAXNAMELEN);
1411 	}
1412 	if (in_use_arg != NULL)
1413 		*in_use_arg = in_use;
1414 	rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock);
1415 }
1416 
1417 /*
1418  * Returns the number of factory MAC addresses (in addition to the
1419  * primary MAC address), 0 if the underlying MAC doesn't support
1420  * that feature.
1421  */
1422 uint_t
1423 mac_addr_factory_num(mac_handle_t mh)
1424 {
1425 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
1426 
1427 	return (mip->mi_factory_addr_num);
1428 }
1429 
1430 
1431 void
1432 mac_rx_group_unmark(mac_group_t *grp, uint_t flag)
1433 {
1434 	mac_ring_t	*ring;
1435 
1436 	for (ring = grp->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next)
1437 		ring->mr_flag &= ~flag;
1438 }
1439 
1440 /*
1441  * The following mac_hwrings_xxx() functions are private mac client functions
1442  * used by the aggr driver to access and control the underlying HW Rx group
1443  * and rings. In this case, the aggr driver has exclusive control of the
1444  * underlying HW Rx group/rings, it calls the following functions to
1445  * start/stop the HW Rx rings, disable/enable polling, add/remove mac'
1446  * addresses, or set up the Rx callback.
1447  */
1448 /* ARGSUSED */
1449 static void
1450 mac_hwrings_rx_process(void *arg, mac_resource_handle_t srs,
1451     mblk_t *mp_chain, boolean_t loopback)
1452 {
1453 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*mac_srs = (mac_soft_ring_set_t *)srs;
1454 	mac_srs_rx_t		*srs_rx = &mac_srs->srs_rx;
1455 	mac_direct_rx_t		proc;
1456 	void			*arg1;
1457 	mac_resource_handle_t	arg2;
1458 
1459 	proc = srs_rx->sr_func;
1460 	arg1 = srs_rx->sr_arg1;
1461 	arg2 = mac_srs->srs_mrh;
1462 
1463 	proc(arg1, arg2, mp_chain, NULL);
1464 }
1465 
1466 /*
1467  * This function is called to get the list of HW rings that are reserved by
1468  * an exclusive mac client.
1469  *
1470  * Return value: the number of HW rings.
1471  */
1472 int
1473 mac_hwrings_get(mac_client_handle_t mch, mac_group_handle_t *hwgh,
1474     mac_ring_handle_t *hwrh, mac_ring_type_t rtype)
1475 {
1476 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
1477 	flow_entry_t		*flent = mcip->mci_flent;
1478 	mac_group_t		*grp;
1479 	mac_ring_t		*ring;
1480 	int			cnt = 0;
1481 
1482 	if (rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX) {
1483 		grp = flent->fe_rx_ring_group;
1484 	} else if (rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX) {
1485 		grp = flent->fe_tx_ring_group;
1486 	} else {
1487 		ASSERT(B_FALSE);
1488 		return (-1);
1489 	}
1490 	/*
1491 	 * The mac client did not reserve any RX group, return directly.
1492 	 * This is probably because the underlying MAC does not support
1493 	 * any groups.
1494 	 */
1495 	if (hwgh != NULL)
1496 		*hwgh = NULL;
1497 	if (grp == NULL)
1498 		return (0);
1499 	/*
1500 	 * This group must be reserved by this mac client.
1501 	 */
1502 	ASSERT((grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) &&
1503 	    (mcip == MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(grp)));
1504 
1505 	for (ring = grp->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next, cnt++) {
1506 		ASSERT(cnt < MAX_RINGS_PER_GROUP);
1507 		hwrh[cnt] = (mac_ring_handle_t)ring;
1508 	}
1509 	if (hwgh != NULL)
1510 		*hwgh = (mac_group_handle_t)grp;
1511 
1512 	return (cnt);
1513 }
1514 
1515 /*
1516  * This function is called to get info about Tx/Rx rings.
1517  *
1518  * Return value: returns uint_t which will have various bits set
1519  * that indicates different properties of the ring.
1520  */
1521 uint_t
1522 mac_hwring_getinfo(mac_ring_handle_t rh)
1523 {
1524 	mac_ring_t *ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh;
1525 	mac_ring_info_t *info = &ring->mr_info;
1526 
1527 	return (info->mri_flags);
1528 }
1529 
1530 /*
1531  * Export ddi interrupt handles from the HW ring to the pseudo ring and
1532  * setup the RX callback of the mac client which exclusively controls
1533  * HW ring.
1534  */
1535 void
1536 mac_hwring_setup(mac_ring_handle_t hwrh, mac_resource_handle_t prh,
1537     mac_ring_handle_t pseudo_rh)
1538 {
1539 	mac_ring_t		*hw_ring = (mac_ring_t *)hwrh;
1540 	mac_ring_t		*pseudo_ring;
1541 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*mac_srs = hw_ring->mr_srs;
1542 
1543 	if (pseudo_rh != NULL) {
1544 		pseudo_ring = (mac_ring_t *)pseudo_rh;
1545 		/* Export the ddi handles to pseudo ring */
1546 		pseudo_ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_handle =
1547 		    hw_ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_handle;
1548 		pseudo_ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared =
1549 		    hw_ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared;
1550 		/*
1551 		 * Save a pointer to pseudo ring in the hw ring. If
1552 		 * interrupt handle changes, the hw ring will be
1553 		 * notified of the change (see mac_ring_intr_set())
1554 		 * and the appropriate change has to be made to
1555 		 * the pseudo ring that has exported the ddi handle.
1556 		 */
1557 		hw_ring->mr_prh = pseudo_rh;
1558 	}
1559 
1560 	if (hw_ring->mr_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX) {
1561 		ASSERT(!(mac_srs->srs_type & SRST_TX));
1562 		mac_srs->srs_mrh = prh;
1563 		mac_srs->srs_rx.sr_lower_proc = mac_hwrings_rx_process;
1564 	}
1565 }
1566 
1567 void
1568 mac_hwring_teardown(mac_ring_handle_t hwrh)
1569 {
1570 	mac_ring_t		*hw_ring = (mac_ring_t *)hwrh;
1571 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*mac_srs;
1572 
1573 	if (hw_ring == NULL)
1574 		return;
1575 	hw_ring->mr_prh = NULL;
1576 	if (hw_ring->mr_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX) {
1577 		mac_srs = hw_ring->mr_srs;
1578 		ASSERT(!(mac_srs->srs_type & SRST_TX));
1579 		mac_srs->srs_rx.sr_lower_proc = mac_rx_srs_process;
1580 		mac_srs->srs_mrh = NULL;
1581 	}
1582 }
1583 
1584 int
1585 mac_hwring_disable_intr(mac_ring_handle_t rh)
1586 {
1587 	mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh;
1588 	mac_intr_t *intr = &rr_ring->mr_info.mri_intr;
1589 
1590 	return (intr->mi_disable(intr->mi_handle));
1591 }
1592 
1593 int
1594 mac_hwring_enable_intr(mac_ring_handle_t rh)
1595 {
1596 	mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh;
1597 	mac_intr_t *intr = &rr_ring->mr_info.mri_intr;
1598 
1599 	return (intr->mi_enable(intr->mi_handle));
1600 }
1601 
1602 int
1603 mac_hwring_start(mac_ring_handle_t rh)
1604 {
1605 	mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh;
1606 
1607 	MAC_RING_UNMARK(rr_ring, MR_QUIESCE);
1608 	return (0);
1609 }
1610 
1611 void
1612 mac_hwring_stop(mac_ring_handle_t rh)
1613 {
1614 	mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh;
1615 
1616 	mac_rx_ring_quiesce(rr_ring, MR_QUIESCE);
1617 }
1618 
1619 mblk_t *
1620 mac_hwring_poll(mac_ring_handle_t rh, int bytes_to_pickup)
1621 {
1622 	mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh;
1623 	mac_ring_info_t *info = &rr_ring->mr_info;
1624 
1625 	return (info->mri_poll(info->mri_driver, bytes_to_pickup));
1626 }
1627 
1628 /*
1629  * Send packets through a selected tx ring.
1630  */
1631 mblk_t *
1632 mac_hwring_tx(mac_ring_handle_t rh, mblk_t *mp)
1633 {
1634 	mac_ring_t *ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh;
1635 	mac_ring_info_t *info = &ring->mr_info;
1636 
1637 	ASSERT(ring->mr_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX &&
1638 	    ring->mr_state >= MR_INUSE);
1639 	return (info->mri_tx(info->mri_driver, mp));
1640 }
1641 
1642 /*
1643  * Query stats for a particular rx/tx ring
1644  */
1645 int
1646 mac_hwring_getstat(mac_ring_handle_t rh, uint_t stat, uint64_t *val)
1647 {
1648 	mac_ring_t	*ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh;
1649 	mac_ring_info_t *info = &ring->mr_info;
1650 
1651 	return (info->mri_stat(info->mri_driver, stat, val));
1652 }
1653 
1654 /*
1655  * Private function that is only used by aggr to send packets through
1656  * a port/Tx ring. Since aggr exposes a pseudo Tx ring even for ports
1657  * that does not expose Tx rings, aggr_ring_tx() entry point needs
1658  * access to mac_impl_t to send packets through m_tx() entry point.
1659  * It accomplishes this by calling mac_hwring_send_priv() function.
1660  */
1661 mblk_t *
1662 mac_hwring_send_priv(mac_client_handle_t mch, mac_ring_handle_t rh, mblk_t *mp)
1663 {
1664 	mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
1665 	mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip;
1666 
1667 	MAC_TX(mip, rh, mp, mcip);
1668 	return (mp);
1669 }
1670 
1671 int
1672 mac_hwgroup_addmac(mac_group_handle_t gh, const uint8_t *addr)
1673 {
1674 	mac_group_t *group = (mac_group_t *)gh;
1675 
1676 	return (mac_group_addmac(group, addr));
1677 }
1678 
1679 int
1680 mac_hwgroup_remmac(mac_group_handle_t gh, const uint8_t *addr)
1681 {
1682 	mac_group_t *group = (mac_group_t *)gh;
1683 
1684 	return (mac_group_remmac(group, addr));
1685 }
1686 
1687 /*
1688  * Set the RX group to be shared/reserved. Note that the group must be
1689  * started/stopped outside of this function.
1690  */
1691 void
1692 mac_set_group_state(mac_group_t *grp, mac_group_state_t state)
1693 {
1694 	/*
1695 	 * If there is no change in the group state, just return.
1696 	 */
1697 	if (grp->mrg_state == state)
1698 		return;
1699 
1700 	switch (state) {
1701 	case MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED:
1702 		/*
1703 		 * Successfully reserved the group.
1704 		 *
1705 		 * Given that there is an exclusive client controlling this
1706 		 * group, we enable the group level polling when available,
1707 		 * so that SRSs get to turn on/off individual rings they's
1708 		 * assigned to.
1709 		 */
1710 		ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(grp->mrg_mh));
1711 
1712 		if (grp->mrg_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX &&
1713 		    GROUP_INTR_DISABLE_FUNC(grp) != NULL) {
1714 			GROUP_INTR_DISABLE_FUNC(grp)(GROUP_INTR_HANDLE(grp));
1715 		}
1716 		break;
1717 
1718 	case MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED:
1719 		/*
1720 		 * Set all rings of this group to software classified.
1721 		 * If the group has an overriding interrupt, then re-enable it.
1722 		 */
1723 		ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(grp->mrg_mh));
1724 
1725 		if (grp->mrg_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX &&
1726 		    GROUP_INTR_ENABLE_FUNC(grp) != NULL) {
1727 			GROUP_INTR_ENABLE_FUNC(grp)(GROUP_INTR_HANDLE(grp));
1728 		}
1729 		/* The ring is not available for reservations any more */
1730 		break;
1731 
1732 	case MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED:
1733 		/* Also callable from mac_register, perim is not held */
1734 		break;
1735 
1736 	default:
1737 		ASSERT(B_FALSE);
1738 		break;
1739 	}
1740 
1741 	grp->mrg_state = state;
1742 }
1743 
1744 /*
1745  * Quiesce future hardware classified packets for the specified Rx ring
1746  */
1747 static void
1748 mac_rx_ring_quiesce(mac_ring_t *rx_ring, uint_t ring_flag)
1749 {
1750 	ASSERT(rx_ring->mr_classify_type == MAC_HW_CLASSIFIER);
1751 	ASSERT(ring_flag == MR_CONDEMNED || ring_flag  == MR_QUIESCE);
1752 
1753 	mutex_enter(&rx_ring->mr_lock);
1754 	rx_ring->mr_flag |= ring_flag;
1755 	while (rx_ring->mr_refcnt != 0)
1756 		cv_wait(&rx_ring->mr_cv, &rx_ring->mr_lock);
1757 	mutex_exit(&rx_ring->mr_lock);
1758 }
1759 
1760 /*
1761  * Please see mac_tx for details about the per cpu locking scheme
1762  */
1763 static void
1764 mac_tx_lock_all(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
1765 {
1766 	int	i;
1767 
1768 	for (i = 0; i <= mac_tx_percpu_cnt; i++)
1769 		mutex_enter(&mcip->mci_tx_pcpu[i].pcpu_tx_lock);
1770 }
1771 
1772 static void
1773 mac_tx_unlock_all(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
1774 {
1775 	int	i;
1776 
1777 	for (i = mac_tx_percpu_cnt; i >= 0; i--)
1778 		mutex_exit(&mcip->mci_tx_pcpu[i].pcpu_tx_lock);
1779 }
1780 
1781 static void
1782 mac_tx_unlock_allbutzero(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
1783 {
1784 	int	i;
1785 
1786 	for (i = mac_tx_percpu_cnt; i > 0; i--)
1787 		mutex_exit(&mcip->mci_tx_pcpu[i].pcpu_tx_lock);
1788 }
1789 
1790 static int
1791 mac_tx_sum_refcnt(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
1792 {
1793 	int	i;
1794 	int	refcnt = 0;
1795 
1796 	for (i = 0; i <= mac_tx_percpu_cnt; i++)
1797 		refcnt += mcip->mci_tx_pcpu[i].pcpu_tx_refcnt;
1798 
1799 	return (refcnt);
1800 }
1801 
1802 /*
1803  * Stop future Tx packets coming down from the client in preparation for
1804  * quiescing the Tx side. This is needed for dynamic reclaim and reassignment
1805  * of rings between clients
1806  */
1807 void
1808 mac_tx_client_block(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
1809 {
1810 	mac_tx_lock_all(mcip);
1811 	mcip->mci_tx_flag |= MCI_TX_QUIESCE;
1812 	while (mac_tx_sum_refcnt(mcip) != 0) {
1813 		mac_tx_unlock_allbutzero(mcip);
1814 		cv_wait(&mcip->mci_tx_cv, &mcip->mci_tx_pcpu[0].pcpu_tx_lock);
1815 		mutex_exit(&mcip->mci_tx_pcpu[0].pcpu_tx_lock);
1816 		mac_tx_lock_all(mcip);
1817 	}
1818 	mac_tx_unlock_all(mcip);
1819 }
1820 
1821 void
1822 mac_tx_client_unblock(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
1823 {
1824 	mac_tx_lock_all(mcip);
1825 	mcip->mci_tx_flag &= ~MCI_TX_QUIESCE;
1826 	mac_tx_unlock_all(mcip);
1827 	/*
1828 	 * We may fail to disable flow control for the last MAC_NOTE_TX
1829 	 * notification because the MAC client is quiesced. Send the
1830 	 * notification again.
1831 	 */
1832 	i_mac_notify(mcip->mci_mip, MAC_NOTE_TX);
1833 }
1834 
1835 /*
1836  * Wait for an SRS to quiesce. The SRS worker will signal us when the
1837  * quiesce is done.
1838  */
1839 static void
1840 mac_srs_quiesce_wait(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs, uint_t srs_flag)
1841 {
1842 	mutex_enter(&srs->srs_lock);
1843 	while (!(srs->srs_state & srs_flag))
1844 		cv_wait(&srs->srs_quiesce_done_cv, &srs->srs_lock);
1845 	mutex_exit(&srs->srs_lock);
1846 }
1847 
1848 /*
1849  * Quiescing an Rx SRS is achieved by the following sequence. The protocol
1850  * works bottom up by cutting off packet flow from the bottommost point in the
1851  * mac, then the SRS, and then the soft rings. There are 2 use cases of this
1852  * mechanism. One is a temporary quiesce of the SRS, such as say while changing
1853  * the Rx callbacks. Another use case is Rx SRS teardown. In the former case
1854  * the QUIESCE prefix/suffix is used and in the latter the CONDEMNED is used
1855  * for the SRS and MR flags. In the former case the threads pause waiting for
1856  * a restart, while in the latter case the threads exit. The Tx SRS teardown
1857  * is also mostly similar to the above.
1858  *
1859  * 1. Stop future hardware classified packets at the lowest level in the mac.
1860  *    Remove any hardware classification rule (CONDEMNED case) and mark the
1861  *    rings as CONDEMNED or QUIESCE as appropriate. This prevents the mr_refcnt
1862  *    from increasing. Upcalls from the driver that come through hardware
1863  *    classification will be dropped in mac_rx from now on. Then we wait for
1864  *    the mr_refcnt to drop to zero. When the mr_refcnt reaches zero we are
1865  *    sure there aren't any upcall threads from the driver through hardware
1866  *    classification. In the case of SRS teardown we also remove the
1867  *    classification rule in the driver.
1868  *
1869  * 2. Stop future software classified packets by marking the flow entry with
1870  *    FE_QUIESCE or FE_CONDEMNED as appropriate which prevents the refcnt from
1871  *    increasing. We also remove the flow entry from the table in the latter
1872  *    case. Then wait for the fe_refcnt to reach an appropriate quiescent value
1873  *    that indicates there aren't any active threads using that flow entry.
1874  *
1875  * 3. Quiesce the SRS and softrings by signaling the SRS. The SRS poll thread,
1876  *    SRS worker thread, and the soft ring threads are quiesced in sequence
1877  *    with the SRS worker thread serving as a master controller. This
1878  *    mechansim is explained in mac_srs_worker_quiesce().
1879  *
1880  * The restart mechanism to reactivate the SRS and softrings is explained
1881  * in mac_srs_worker_restart(). Here we just signal the SRS worker to start the
1882  * restart sequence.
1883  */
1884 void
1885 mac_rx_srs_quiesce(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs, uint_t srs_quiesce_flag)
1886 {
1887 	flow_entry_t	*flent = srs->srs_flent;
1888 	uint_t	mr_flag, srs_done_flag;
1889 
1890 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)FLENT_TO_MIP(flent)));
1891 	ASSERT(!(srs->srs_type & SRST_TX));
1892 
1893 	if (srs_quiesce_flag == SRS_CONDEMNED) {
1894 		mr_flag = MR_CONDEMNED;
1895 		srs_done_flag = SRS_CONDEMNED_DONE;
1896 		if (srs->srs_type & SRST_CLIENT_POLL_ENABLED)
1897 			mac_srs_client_poll_disable(srs->srs_mcip, srs);
1898 	} else {
1899 		ASSERT(srs_quiesce_flag == SRS_QUIESCE);
1900 		mr_flag = MR_QUIESCE;
1901 		srs_done_flag = SRS_QUIESCE_DONE;
1902 		if (srs->srs_type & SRST_CLIENT_POLL_ENABLED)
1903 			mac_srs_client_poll_quiesce(srs->srs_mcip, srs);
1904 	}
1905 
1906 	if (srs->srs_ring != NULL) {
1907 		mac_rx_ring_quiesce(srs->srs_ring, mr_flag);
1908 	} else {
1909 		/*
1910 		 * SRS is driven by software classification. In case
1911 		 * of CONDEMNED, the top level teardown functions will
1912 		 * deal with flow removal.
1913 		 */
1914 		if (srs_quiesce_flag != SRS_CONDEMNED) {
1915 			FLOW_MARK(flent, FE_QUIESCE);
1916 			mac_flow_wait(flent, FLOW_DRIVER_UPCALL);
1917 		}
1918 	}
1919 
1920 	/*
1921 	 * Signal the SRS to quiesce itself, and then cv_wait for the
1922 	 * SRS quiesce to complete. The SRS worker thread will wake us
1923 	 * up when the quiesce is complete
1924 	 */
1925 	mac_srs_signal(srs, srs_quiesce_flag);
1926 	mac_srs_quiesce_wait(srs, srs_done_flag);
1927 }
1928 
1929 /*
1930  * Remove an SRS.
1931  */
1932 void
1933 mac_rx_srs_remove(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs)
1934 {
1935 	flow_entry_t *flent = srs->srs_flent;
1936 	int i;
1937 
1938 	mac_rx_srs_quiesce(srs, SRS_CONDEMNED);
1939 	/*
1940 	 * Locate and remove our entry in the fe_rx_srs[] array, and
1941 	 * adjust the fe_rx_srs array entries and array count by
1942 	 * moving the last entry into the vacated spot.
1943 	 */
1944 	mutex_enter(&flent->fe_lock);
1945 	for (i = 0; i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; i++) {
1946 		if (flent->fe_rx_srs[i] == srs)
1947 			break;
1948 	}
1949 
1950 	ASSERT(i != 0 && i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt);
1951 	if (i != flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt - 1) {
1952 		flent->fe_rx_srs[i] =
1953 		    flent->fe_rx_srs[flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt - 1];
1954 		i = flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt - 1;
1955 	}
1956 
1957 	flent->fe_rx_srs[i] = NULL;
1958 	flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt--;
1959 	mutex_exit(&flent->fe_lock);
1960 
1961 	mac_srs_free(srs);
1962 }
1963 
1964 static void
1965 mac_srs_clear_flag(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs, uint_t flag)
1966 {
1967 	mutex_enter(&srs->srs_lock);
1968 	srs->srs_state &= ~flag;
1969 	mutex_exit(&srs->srs_lock);
1970 }
1971 
1972 void
1973 mac_rx_srs_restart(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs)
1974 {
1975 	flow_entry_t	*flent = srs->srs_flent;
1976 	mac_ring_t	*mr;
1977 
1978 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)FLENT_TO_MIP(flent)));
1979 	ASSERT((srs->srs_type & SRST_TX) == 0);
1980 
1981 	/*
1982 	 * This handles a change in the number of SRSs between the quiesce and
1983 	 * and restart operation of a flow.
1984 	 */
1985 	if (!SRS_QUIESCED(srs))
1986 		return;
1987 
1988 	/*
1989 	 * Signal the SRS to restart itself. Wait for the restart to complete
1990 	 * Note that we only restart the SRS if it is not marked as
1991 	 * permanently quiesced.
1992 	 */
1993 	if (!SRS_QUIESCED_PERMANENT(srs)) {
1994 		mac_srs_signal(srs, SRS_RESTART);
1995 		mac_srs_quiesce_wait(srs, SRS_RESTART_DONE);
1996 		mac_srs_clear_flag(srs, SRS_RESTART_DONE);
1997 
1998 		mac_srs_client_poll_restart(srs->srs_mcip, srs);
1999 	}
2000 
2001 	/* Finally clear the flags to let the packets in */
2002 	mr = srs->srs_ring;
2003 	if (mr != NULL) {
2004 		MAC_RING_UNMARK(mr, MR_QUIESCE);
2005 		/* In case the ring was stopped, safely restart it */
2006 		if (mr->mr_state != MR_INUSE)
2007 			(void) mac_start_ring(mr);
2008 	} else {
2009 		FLOW_UNMARK(flent, FE_QUIESCE);
2010 	}
2011 }
2012 
2013 /*
2014  * Temporary quiesce of a flow and associated Rx SRS.
2015  * Please see block comment above mac_rx_classify_flow_rem.
2016  */
2017 /* ARGSUSED */
2018 int
2019 mac_rx_classify_flow_quiesce(flow_entry_t *flent, void *arg)
2020 {
2021 	int		i;
2022 
2023 	for (i = 0; i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; i++) {
2024 		mac_rx_srs_quiesce((mac_soft_ring_set_t *)flent->fe_rx_srs[i],
2025 		    SRS_QUIESCE);
2026 	}
2027 	return (0);
2028 }
2029 
2030 /*
2031  * Restart a flow and associated Rx SRS that has been quiesced temporarily
2032  * Please see block comment above mac_rx_classify_flow_rem
2033  */
2034 /* ARGSUSED */
2035 int
2036 mac_rx_classify_flow_restart(flow_entry_t *flent, void *arg)
2037 {
2038 	int		i;
2039 
2040 	for (i = 0; i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; i++)
2041 		mac_rx_srs_restart((mac_soft_ring_set_t *)flent->fe_rx_srs[i]);
2042 
2043 	return (0);
2044 }
2045 
2046 void
2047 mac_srs_perm_quiesce(mac_client_handle_t mch, boolean_t on)
2048 {
2049 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
2050 	flow_entry_t		*flent = mcip->mci_flent;
2051 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
2052 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*mac_srs;
2053 	int			i;
2054 
2055 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
2056 
2057 	if (flent == NULL)
2058 		return;
2059 
2060 	for (i = 0; i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; i++) {
2061 		mac_srs = flent->fe_rx_srs[i];
2062 		mutex_enter(&mac_srs->srs_lock);
2063 		if (on)
2064 			mac_srs->srs_state |= SRS_QUIESCE_PERM;
2065 		else
2066 			mac_srs->srs_state &= ~SRS_QUIESCE_PERM;
2067 		mutex_exit(&mac_srs->srs_lock);
2068 	}
2069 }
2070 
2071 void
2072 mac_rx_client_quiesce(mac_client_handle_t mch)
2073 {
2074 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
2075 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
2076 
2077 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
2078 
2079 	if (MCIP_DATAPATH_SETUP(mcip)) {
2080 		(void) mac_rx_classify_flow_quiesce(mcip->mci_flent,
2081 		    NULL);
2082 		(void) mac_flow_walk_nolock(mcip->mci_subflow_tab,
2083 		    mac_rx_classify_flow_quiesce, NULL);
2084 	}
2085 }
2086 
2087 void
2088 mac_rx_client_restart(mac_client_handle_t mch)
2089 {
2090 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
2091 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
2092 
2093 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
2094 
2095 	if (MCIP_DATAPATH_SETUP(mcip)) {
2096 		(void) mac_rx_classify_flow_restart(mcip->mci_flent, NULL);
2097 		(void) mac_flow_walk_nolock(mcip->mci_subflow_tab,
2098 		    mac_rx_classify_flow_restart, NULL);
2099 	}
2100 }
2101 
2102 /*
2103  * This function only quiesces the Tx SRS and softring worker threads. Callers
2104  * need to make sure that there aren't any mac client threads doing current or
2105  * future transmits in the mac before calling this function.
2106  */
2107 void
2108 mac_tx_srs_quiesce(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs, uint_t srs_quiesce_flag)
2109 {
2110 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip = srs->srs_mcip;
2111 
2112 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mcip->mci_mip));
2113 
2114 	ASSERT(srs->srs_type & SRST_TX);
2115 	ASSERT(srs_quiesce_flag == SRS_CONDEMNED ||
2116 	    srs_quiesce_flag == SRS_QUIESCE);
2117 
2118 	/*
2119 	 * Signal the SRS to quiesce itself, and then cv_wait for the
2120 	 * SRS quiesce to complete. The SRS worker thread will wake us
2121 	 * up when the quiesce is complete
2122 	 */
2123 	mac_srs_signal(srs, srs_quiesce_flag);
2124 	mac_srs_quiesce_wait(srs, srs_quiesce_flag == SRS_QUIESCE ?
2125 	    SRS_QUIESCE_DONE : SRS_CONDEMNED_DONE);
2126 }
2127 
2128 void
2129 mac_tx_srs_restart(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs)
2130 {
2131 	/*
2132 	 * Resizing the fanout could result in creation of new SRSs.
2133 	 * They may not necessarily be in the quiesced state in which
2134 	 * case it need be restarted
2135 	 */
2136 	if (!SRS_QUIESCED(srs))
2137 		return;
2138 
2139 	mac_srs_signal(srs, SRS_RESTART);
2140 	mac_srs_quiesce_wait(srs, SRS_RESTART_DONE);
2141 	mac_srs_clear_flag(srs, SRS_RESTART_DONE);
2142 }
2143 
2144 /*
2145  * Temporary quiesce of a flow and associated Rx SRS.
2146  * Please see block comment above mac_rx_srs_quiesce
2147  */
2148 /* ARGSUSED */
2149 int
2150 mac_tx_flow_quiesce(flow_entry_t *flent, void *arg)
2151 {
2152 	/*
2153 	 * The fe_tx_srs is null for a subflow on an interface that is
2154 	 * not plumbed
2155 	 */
2156 	if (flent->fe_tx_srs != NULL)
2157 		mac_tx_srs_quiesce(flent->fe_tx_srs, SRS_QUIESCE);
2158 	return (0);
2159 }
2160 
2161 /* ARGSUSED */
2162 int
2163 mac_tx_flow_restart(flow_entry_t *flent, void *arg)
2164 {
2165 	/*
2166 	 * The fe_tx_srs is null for a subflow on an interface that is
2167 	 * not plumbed
2168 	 */
2169 	if (flent->fe_tx_srs != NULL)
2170 		mac_tx_srs_restart(flent->fe_tx_srs);
2171 	return (0);
2172 }
2173 
2174 static void
2175 i_mac_tx_client_quiesce(mac_client_handle_t mch, uint_t srs_quiesce_flag)
2176 {
2177 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
2178 
2179 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mcip->mci_mip));
2180 
2181 	mac_tx_client_block(mcip);
2182 	if (MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip) != NULL) {
2183 		mac_tx_srs_quiesce(MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip), srs_quiesce_flag);
2184 		(void) mac_flow_walk_nolock(mcip->mci_subflow_tab,
2185 		    mac_tx_flow_quiesce, NULL);
2186 	}
2187 }
2188 
2189 void
2190 mac_tx_client_quiesce(mac_client_handle_t mch)
2191 {
2192 	i_mac_tx_client_quiesce(mch, SRS_QUIESCE);
2193 }
2194 
2195 void
2196 mac_tx_client_condemn(mac_client_handle_t mch)
2197 {
2198 	i_mac_tx_client_quiesce(mch, SRS_CONDEMNED);
2199 }
2200 
2201 void
2202 mac_tx_client_restart(mac_client_handle_t mch)
2203 {
2204 	mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
2205 
2206 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mcip->mci_mip));
2207 
2208 	mac_tx_client_unblock(mcip);
2209 	if (MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip) != NULL) {
2210 		mac_tx_srs_restart(MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip));
2211 		(void) mac_flow_walk_nolock(mcip->mci_subflow_tab,
2212 		    mac_tx_flow_restart, NULL);
2213 	}
2214 }
2215 
2216 void
2217 mac_tx_client_flush(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
2218 {
2219 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mcip->mci_mip));
2220 
2221 	mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
2222 	mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
2223 }
2224 
2225 void
2226 mac_client_quiesce(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
2227 {
2228 	mac_rx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
2229 	mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
2230 }
2231 
2232 void
2233 mac_client_restart(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
2234 {
2235 	mac_rx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
2236 	mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
2237 }
2238 
2239 /*
2240  * Allocate a minor number.
2241  */
2242 minor_t
2243 mac_minor_hold(boolean_t sleep)
2244 {
2245 	minor_t	minor;
2246 
2247 	/*
2248 	 * Grab a value from the arena.
2249 	 */
2250 	atomic_add_32(&minor_count, 1);
2251 
2252 	if (sleep)
2253 		minor = (uint_t)id_alloc(minor_ids);
2254 	else
2255 		minor = (uint_t)id_alloc_nosleep(minor_ids);
2256 
2257 	if (minor == 0) {
2258 		atomic_add_32(&minor_count, -1);
2259 		return (0);
2260 	}
2261 
2262 	return (minor);
2263 }
2264 
2265 /*
2266  * Release a previously allocated minor number.
2267  */
2268 void
2269 mac_minor_rele(minor_t minor)
2270 {
2271 	/*
2272 	 * Return the value to the arena.
2273 	 */
2274 	id_free(minor_ids, minor);
2275 	atomic_add_32(&minor_count, -1);
2276 }
2277 
2278 uint32_t
2279 mac_no_notification(mac_handle_t mh)
2280 {
2281 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
2282 
2283 	return (((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_LEGACY) != 0) ?
2284 	    mip->mi_capab_legacy.ml_unsup_note : 0);
2285 }
2286 
2287 /*
2288  * Prevent any new opens of this mac in preparation for unregister
2289  */
2290 int
2291 i_mac_disable(mac_impl_t *mip)
2292 {
2293 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip;
2294 
2295 	rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_WRITER);
2296 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_DISABLED) {
2297 		/* Already disabled, return success */
2298 		rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
2299 		return (0);
2300 	}
2301 	/*
2302 	 * See if there are any other references to this mac_t (e.g., VLAN's).
2303 	 * If so return failure. If all the other checks below pass, then
2304 	 * set mi_disabled atomically under the i_mac_impl_lock to prevent
2305 	 * any new VLAN's from being created or new mac client opens of this
2306 	 * mac end point.
2307 	 */
2308 	if (mip->mi_ref > 0) {
2309 		rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
2310 		return (EBUSY);
2311 	}
2312 
2313 	/*
2314 	 * mac clients must delete all multicast groups they join before
2315 	 * closing. bcast groups are reference counted, the last client
2316 	 * to delete the group will wait till the group is physically
2317 	 * deleted. Since all clients have closed this mac end point
2318 	 * mi_bcast_ngrps must be zero at this point
2319 	 */
2320 	ASSERT(mip->mi_bcast_ngrps == 0);
2321 
2322 	/*
2323 	 * Don't let go of this if it has some flows.
2324 	 * All other code guarantees no flows are added to a disabled
2325 	 * mac, therefore it is sufficient to check for the flow table
2326 	 * only here.
2327 	 */
2328 	mcip = mac_primary_client_handle(mip);
2329 	if ((mcip != NULL) && mac_link_has_flows((mac_client_handle_t)mcip)) {
2330 		rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
2331 		return (ENOTEMPTY);
2332 	}
2333 
2334 	mip->mi_state_flags |= MIS_DISABLED;
2335 	rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
2336 	return (0);
2337 }
2338 
2339 int
2340 mac_disable_nowait(mac_handle_t mh)
2341 {
2342 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
2343 	int err;
2344 
2345 	if ((err = i_mac_perim_enter_nowait(mip)) != 0)
2346 		return (err);
2347 	err = i_mac_disable(mip);
2348 	i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
2349 	return (err);
2350 }
2351 
2352 int
2353 mac_disable(mac_handle_t mh)
2354 {
2355 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
2356 	int err;
2357 
2358 	i_mac_perim_enter(mip);
2359 	err = i_mac_disable(mip);
2360 	i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
2361 
2362 	/*
2363 	 * Clean up notification thread and wait for it to exit.
2364 	 */
2365 	if (err == 0)
2366 		i_mac_notify_exit(mip);
2367 
2368 	return (err);
2369 }
2370 
2371 /*
2372  * Called when the MAC instance has a non empty flow table, to de-multiplex
2373  * incoming packets to the right flow.
2374  * The MAC's rw lock is assumed held as a READER.
2375  */
2376 /* ARGSUSED */
2377 static mblk_t *
2378 mac_rx_classify(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_resource_handle_t mrh, mblk_t *mp)
2379 {
2380 	flow_entry_t	*flent = NULL;
2381 	uint_t		flags = FLOW_INBOUND;
2382 	int		err;
2383 
2384 	/*
2385 	 * If the mac is a port of an aggregation, pass FLOW_IGNORE_VLAN
2386 	 * to mac_flow_lookup() so that the VLAN packets can be successfully
2387 	 * passed to the non-VLAN aggregation flows.
2388 	 *
2389 	 * Note that there is possibly a race between this and
2390 	 * mac_unicast_remove/add() and VLAN packets could be incorrectly
2391 	 * classified to non-VLAN flows of non-aggregation mac clients. These
2392 	 * VLAN packets will be then filtered out by the mac module.
2393 	 */
2394 	if ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_EXCLUSIVE) != 0)
2395 		flags |= FLOW_IGNORE_VLAN;
2396 
2397 	err = mac_flow_lookup(mip->mi_flow_tab, mp, flags, &flent);
2398 	if (err != 0) {
2399 		/* no registered receive function */
2400 		return (mp);
2401 	} else {
2402 		mac_client_impl_t	*mcip;
2403 
2404 		/*
2405 		 * This flent might just be an additional one on the MAC client,
2406 		 * i.e. for classification purposes (different fdesc), however
2407 		 * the resources, SRS et. al., are in the mci_flent, so if
2408 		 * this isn't the mci_flent, we need to get it.
2409 		 */
2410 		if ((mcip = flent->fe_mcip) != NULL &&
2411 		    mcip->mci_flent != flent) {
2412 			FLOW_REFRELE(flent);
2413 			flent = mcip->mci_flent;
2414 			FLOW_TRY_REFHOLD(flent, err);
2415 			if (err != 0)
2416 				return (mp);
2417 		}
2418 		(flent->fe_cb_fn)(flent->fe_cb_arg1, flent->fe_cb_arg2, mp,
2419 		    B_FALSE);
2420 		FLOW_REFRELE(flent);
2421 	}
2422 	return (NULL);
2423 }
2424 
2425 mblk_t *
2426 mac_rx_flow(mac_handle_t mh, mac_resource_handle_t mrh, mblk_t *mp_chain)
2427 {
2428 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
2429 	mblk_t		*bp, *bp1, **bpp, *list = NULL;
2430 
2431 	/*
2432 	 * We walk the chain and attempt to classify each packet.
2433 	 * The packets that couldn't be classified will be returned
2434 	 * back to the caller.
2435 	 */
2436 	bp = mp_chain;
2437 	bpp = &list;
2438 	while (bp != NULL) {
2439 		bp1 = bp;
2440 		bp = bp->b_next;
2441 		bp1->b_next = NULL;
2442 
2443 		if (mac_rx_classify(mip, mrh, bp1) != NULL) {
2444 			*bpp = bp1;
2445 			bpp = &bp1->b_next;
2446 		}
2447 	}
2448 	return (list);
2449 }
2450 
2451 static int
2452 mac_tx_flow_srs_wakeup(flow_entry_t *flent, void *arg)
2453 {
2454 	mac_ring_handle_t ring = arg;
2455 
2456 	if (flent->fe_tx_srs)
2457 		mac_tx_srs_wakeup(flent->fe_tx_srs, ring);
2458 	return (0);
2459 }
2460 
2461 void
2462 i_mac_tx_srs_notify(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_handle_t ring)
2463 {
2464 	mac_client_impl_t	*cclient;
2465 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*mac_srs;
2466 
2467 	/*
2468 	 * After grabbing the mi_rw_lock, the list of clients can't change.
2469 	 * If there are any clients mi_disabled must be B_FALSE and can't
2470 	 * get set since there are clients. If there aren't any clients we
2471 	 * don't do anything. In any case the mip has to be valid. The driver
2472 	 * must make sure that it goes single threaded (with respect to mac
2473 	 * calls) and wait for all pending mac calls to finish before calling
2474 	 * mac_unregister.
2475 	 */
2476 	rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_READER);
2477 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_DISABLED) {
2478 		rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
2479 		return;
2480 	}
2481 
2482 	/*
2483 	 * Get MAC tx srs from walking mac_client_handle list.
2484 	 */
2485 	rw_enter(&mip->mi_rw_lock, RW_READER);
2486 	for (cclient = mip->mi_clients_list; cclient != NULL;
2487 	    cclient = cclient->mci_client_next) {
2488 		if ((mac_srs = MCIP_TX_SRS(cclient)) != NULL) {
2489 			mac_tx_srs_wakeup(mac_srs, ring);
2490 		} else {
2491 			/*
2492 			 * Aggr opens underlying ports in exclusive mode
2493 			 * and registers flow control callbacks using
2494 			 * mac_tx_client_notify(). When opened in
2495 			 * exclusive mode, Tx SRS won't be created
2496 			 * during mac_unicast_add().
2497 			 */
2498 			if (cclient->mci_state_flags & MCIS_EXCLUSIVE) {
2499 				mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(cclient,
2500 				    (mac_tx_cookie_t)ring);
2501 			}
2502 		}
2503 		(void) mac_flow_walk(cclient->mci_subflow_tab,
2504 		    mac_tx_flow_srs_wakeup, ring);
2505 	}
2506 	rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock);
2507 	rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
2508 }
2509 
2510 /* ARGSUSED */
2511 void
2512 mac_multicast_refresh(mac_handle_t mh, mac_multicst_t refresh, void *arg,
2513     boolean_t add)
2514 {
2515 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
2516 
2517 	i_mac_perim_enter((mac_impl_t *)mh);
2518 	/*
2519 	 * If no specific refresh function was given then default to the
2520 	 * driver's m_multicst entry point.
2521 	 */
2522 	if (refresh == NULL) {
2523 		refresh = mip->mi_multicst;
2524 		arg = mip->mi_driver;
2525 	}
2526 
2527 	mac_bcast_refresh(mip, refresh, arg, add);
2528 	i_mac_perim_exit((mac_impl_t *)mh);
2529 }
2530 
2531 void
2532 mac_promisc_refresh(mac_handle_t mh, mac_setpromisc_t refresh, void *arg)
2533 {
2534 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
2535 
2536 	/*
2537 	 * If no specific refresh function was given then default to the
2538 	 * driver's m_promisc entry point.
2539 	 */
2540 	if (refresh == NULL) {
2541 		refresh = mip->mi_setpromisc;
2542 		arg = mip->mi_driver;
2543 	}
2544 	ASSERT(refresh != NULL);
2545 
2546 	/*
2547 	 * Call the refresh function with the current promiscuity.
2548 	 */
2549 	refresh(arg, (mip->mi_devpromisc != 0));
2550 }
2551 
2552 /*
2553  * The mac client requests that the mac not to change its margin size to
2554  * be less than the specified value.  If "current" is B_TRUE, then the client
2555  * requests the mac not to change its margin size to be smaller than the
2556  * current size. Further, return the current margin size value in this case.
2557  *
2558  * We keep every requested size in an ordered list from largest to smallest.
2559  */
2560 int
2561 mac_margin_add(mac_handle_t mh, uint32_t *marginp, boolean_t current)
2562 {
2563 	mac_impl_t		*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
2564 	mac_margin_req_t	**pp, *p;
2565 	int			err = 0;
2566 
2567 	rw_enter(&(mip->mi_rw_lock), RW_WRITER);
2568 	if (current)
2569 		*marginp = mip->mi_margin;
2570 
2571 	/*
2572 	 * If the current margin value cannot satisfy the margin requested,
2573 	 * return ENOTSUP directly.
2574 	 */
2575 	if (*marginp > mip->mi_margin) {
2576 		err = ENOTSUP;
2577 		goto done;
2578 	}
2579 
2580 	/*
2581 	 * Check whether the given margin is already in the list. If so,
2582 	 * bump the reference count.
2583 	 */
2584 	for (pp = &mip->mi_mmrp; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->mmr_nextp) {
2585 		if (p->mmr_margin == *marginp) {
2586 			/*
2587 			 * The margin requested is already in the list,
2588 			 * so just bump the reference count.
2589 			 */
2590 			p->mmr_ref++;
2591 			goto done;
2592 		}
2593 		if (p->mmr_margin < *marginp)
2594 			break;
2595 	}
2596 
2597 
2598 	p = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_margin_req_t), KM_SLEEP);
2599 	p->mmr_margin = *marginp;
2600 	p->mmr_ref++;
2601 	p->mmr_nextp = *pp;
2602 	*pp = p;
2603 
2604 done:
2605 	rw_exit(&(mip->mi_rw_lock));
2606 	return (err);
2607 }
2608 
2609 /*
2610  * The mac client requests to cancel its previous mac_margin_add() request.
2611  * We remove the requested margin size from the list.
2612  */
2613 int
2614 mac_margin_remove(mac_handle_t mh, uint32_t margin)
2615 {
2616 	mac_impl_t		*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
2617 	mac_margin_req_t	**pp, *p;
2618 	int			err = 0;
2619 
2620 	rw_enter(&(mip->mi_rw_lock), RW_WRITER);
2621 	/*
2622 	 * Find the entry in the list for the given margin.
2623 	 */
2624 	for (pp = &(mip->mi_mmrp); (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &(p->mmr_nextp)) {
2625 		if (p->mmr_margin == margin) {
2626 			if (--p->mmr_ref == 0)
2627 				break;
2628 
2629 			/*
2630 			 * There is still a reference to this address so
2631 			 * there's nothing more to do.
2632 			 */
2633 			goto done;
2634 		}
2635 	}
2636 
2637 	/*
2638 	 * We did not find an entry for the given margin.
2639 	 */
2640 	if (p == NULL) {
2641 		err = ENOENT;
2642 		goto done;
2643 	}
2644 
2645 	ASSERT(p->mmr_ref == 0);
2646 
2647 	/*
2648 	 * Remove it from the list.
2649 	 */
2650 	*pp = p->mmr_nextp;
2651 	kmem_free(p, sizeof (mac_margin_req_t));
2652 done:
2653 	rw_exit(&(mip->mi_rw_lock));
2654 	return (err);
2655 }
2656 
2657 boolean_t
2658 mac_margin_update(mac_handle_t mh, uint32_t margin)
2659 {
2660 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
2661 	uint32_t	margin_needed = 0;
2662 
2663 	rw_enter(&(mip->mi_rw_lock), RW_WRITER);
2664 
2665 	if (mip->mi_mmrp != NULL)
2666 		margin_needed = mip->mi_mmrp->mmr_margin;
2667 
2668 	if (margin_needed <= margin)
2669 		mip->mi_margin = margin;
2670 
2671 	rw_exit(&(mip->mi_rw_lock));
2672 
2673 	if (margin_needed <= margin)
2674 		i_mac_notify(mip, MAC_NOTE_MARGIN);
2675 
2676 	return (margin_needed <= margin);
2677 }
2678 
2679 /*
2680  * MAC Type Plugin functions.
2681  */
2682 
2683 mactype_t *
2684 mactype_getplugin(const char *pname)
2685 {
2686 	mactype_t	*mtype = NULL;
2687 	boolean_t	tried_modload = B_FALSE;
2688 
2689 	mutex_enter(&i_mactype_lock);
2690 
2691 find_registered_mactype:
2692 	if (mod_hash_find(i_mactype_hash, (mod_hash_key_t)pname,
2693 	    (mod_hash_val_t *)&mtype) != 0) {
2694 		if (!tried_modload) {
2695 			/*
2696 			 * If the plugin has not yet been loaded, then
2697 			 * attempt to load it now.  If modload() succeeds,
2698 			 * the plugin should have registered using
2699 			 * mactype_register(), in which case we can go back
2700 			 * and attempt to find it again.
2701 			 */
2702 			if (modload(MACTYPE_KMODDIR, (char *)pname) != -1) {
2703 				tried_modload = B_TRUE;
2704 				goto find_registered_mactype;
2705 			}
2706 		}
2707 	} else {
2708 		/*
2709 		 * Note that there's no danger that the plugin we've loaded
2710 		 * could be unloaded between the modload() step and the
2711 		 * reference count bump here, as we're holding
2712 		 * i_mactype_lock, which mactype_unregister() also holds.
2713 		 */
2714 		atomic_inc_32(&mtype->mt_ref);
2715 	}
2716 
2717 	mutex_exit(&i_mactype_lock);
2718 	return (mtype);
2719 }
2720 
2721 mactype_register_t *
2722 mactype_alloc(uint_t mactype_version)
2723 {
2724 	mactype_register_t *mtrp;
2725 
2726 	/*
2727 	 * Make sure there isn't a version mismatch between the plugin and
2728 	 * the framework.  In the future, if multiple versions are
2729 	 * supported, this check could become more sophisticated.
2730 	 */
2731 	if (mactype_version != MACTYPE_VERSION)
2732 		return (NULL);
2733 
2734 	mtrp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mactype_register_t), KM_SLEEP);
2735 	mtrp->mtr_version = mactype_version;
2736 	return (mtrp);
2737 }
2738 
2739 void
2740 mactype_free(mactype_register_t *mtrp)
2741 {
2742 	kmem_free(mtrp, sizeof (mactype_register_t));
2743 }
2744 
2745 int
2746 mactype_register(mactype_register_t *mtrp)
2747 {
2748 	mactype_t	*mtp;
2749 	mactype_ops_t	*ops = mtrp->mtr_ops;
2750 
2751 	/* Do some sanity checking before we register this MAC type. */
2752 	if (mtrp->mtr_ident == NULL || ops == NULL)
2753 		return (EINVAL);
2754 
2755 	/*
2756 	 * Verify that all mandatory callbacks are set in the ops
2757 	 * vector.
2758 	 */
2759 	if (ops->mtops_unicst_verify == NULL ||
2760 	    ops->mtops_multicst_verify == NULL ||
2761 	    ops->mtops_sap_verify == NULL ||
2762 	    ops->mtops_header == NULL ||
2763 	    ops->mtops_header_info == NULL) {
2764 		return (EINVAL);
2765 	}
2766 
2767 	mtp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (*mtp), KM_SLEEP);
2768 	mtp->mt_ident = mtrp->mtr_ident;
2769 	mtp->mt_ops = *ops;
2770 	mtp->mt_type = mtrp->mtr_mactype;
2771 	mtp->mt_nativetype = mtrp->mtr_nativetype;
2772 	mtp->mt_addr_length = mtrp->mtr_addrlen;
2773 	if (mtrp->mtr_brdcst_addr != NULL) {
2774 		mtp->mt_brdcst_addr = kmem_alloc(mtrp->mtr_addrlen, KM_SLEEP);
2775 		bcopy(mtrp->mtr_brdcst_addr, mtp->mt_brdcst_addr,
2776 		    mtrp->mtr_addrlen);
2777 	}
2778 
2779 	mtp->mt_stats = mtrp->mtr_stats;
2780 	mtp->mt_statcount = mtrp->mtr_statcount;
2781 
2782 	mtp->mt_mapping = mtrp->mtr_mapping;
2783 	mtp->mt_mappingcount = mtrp->mtr_mappingcount;
2784 
2785 	if (mod_hash_insert(i_mactype_hash,
2786 	    (mod_hash_key_t)mtp->mt_ident, (mod_hash_val_t)mtp) != 0) {
2787 		kmem_free(mtp->mt_brdcst_addr, mtp->mt_addr_length);
2788 		kmem_free(mtp, sizeof (*mtp));
2789 		return (EEXIST);
2790 	}
2791 	return (0);
2792 }
2793 
2794 int
2795 mactype_unregister(const char *ident)
2796 {
2797 	mactype_t	*mtp;
2798 	mod_hash_val_t	val;
2799 	int 		err;
2800 
2801 	/*
2802 	 * Let's not allow MAC drivers to use this plugin while we're
2803 	 * trying to unregister it.  Holding i_mactype_lock also prevents a
2804 	 * plugin from unregistering while a MAC driver is attempting to
2805 	 * hold a reference to it in i_mactype_getplugin().
2806 	 */
2807 	mutex_enter(&i_mactype_lock);
2808 
2809 	if ((err = mod_hash_find(i_mactype_hash, (mod_hash_key_t)ident,
2810 	    (mod_hash_val_t *)&mtp)) != 0) {
2811 		/* A plugin is trying to unregister, but it never registered. */
2812 		err = ENXIO;
2813 		goto done;
2814 	}
2815 
2816 	if (mtp->mt_ref != 0) {
2817 		err = EBUSY;
2818 		goto done;
2819 	}
2820 
2821 	err = mod_hash_remove(i_mactype_hash, (mod_hash_key_t)ident, &val);
2822 	ASSERT(err == 0);
2823 	if (err != 0) {
2824 		/* This should never happen, thus the ASSERT() above. */
2825 		err = EINVAL;
2826 		goto done;
2827 	}
2828 	ASSERT(mtp == (mactype_t *)val);
2829 
2830 	if (mtp->mt_brdcst_addr != NULL)
2831 		kmem_free(mtp->mt_brdcst_addr, mtp->mt_addr_length);
2832 	kmem_free(mtp, sizeof (mactype_t));
2833 done:
2834 	mutex_exit(&i_mactype_lock);
2835 	return (err);
2836 }
2837 
2838 /*
2839  * Checks the size of the value size specified for a property as
2840  * part of a property operation. Returns B_TRUE if the size is
2841  * correct, B_FALSE otherwise.
2842  */
2843 boolean_t
2844 mac_prop_check_size(mac_prop_id_t id, uint_t valsize, boolean_t is_range)
2845 {
2846 	uint_t minsize = 0;
2847 
2848 	if (is_range)
2849 		return (valsize >= sizeof (mac_propval_range_t));
2850 
2851 	switch (id) {
2852 	case MAC_PROP_ZONE:
2853 		minsize = sizeof (dld_ioc_zid_t);
2854 		break;
2855 	case MAC_PROP_AUTOPUSH:
2856 		if (valsize != 0)
2857 			minsize = sizeof (struct dlautopush);
2858 		break;
2859 	case MAC_PROP_TAGMODE:
2860 		minsize = sizeof (link_tagmode_t);
2861 		break;
2862 	case MAC_PROP_RESOURCE:
2863 	case MAC_PROP_RESOURCE_EFF:
2864 		minsize = sizeof (mac_resource_props_t);
2865 		break;
2866 	case MAC_PROP_DUPLEX:
2867 		minsize = sizeof (link_duplex_t);
2868 		break;
2869 	case MAC_PROP_SPEED:
2870 		minsize = sizeof (uint64_t);
2871 		break;
2872 	case MAC_PROP_STATUS:
2873 		minsize = sizeof (link_state_t);
2874 		break;
2875 	case MAC_PROP_AUTONEG:
2876 	case MAC_PROP_EN_AUTONEG:
2877 		minsize = sizeof (uint8_t);
2878 		break;
2879 	case MAC_PROP_MTU:
2880 	case MAC_PROP_LLIMIT:
2881 	case MAC_PROP_LDECAY:
2882 		minsize = sizeof (uint32_t);
2883 		break;
2884 	case MAC_PROP_FLOWCTRL:
2885 		minsize = sizeof (link_flowctrl_t);
2886 		break;
2887 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_10GFDX_CAP:
2888 	case MAC_PROP_EN_10GFDX_CAP:
2889 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_1000HDX_CAP:
2890 	case MAC_PROP_EN_1000HDX_CAP:
2891 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_100FDX_CAP:
2892 	case MAC_PROP_EN_100FDX_CAP:
2893 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_100HDX_CAP:
2894 	case MAC_PROP_EN_100HDX_CAP:
2895 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_10FDX_CAP:
2896 	case MAC_PROP_EN_10FDX_CAP:
2897 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_10HDX_CAP:
2898 	case MAC_PROP_EN_10HDX_CAP:
2899 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_100T4_CAP:
2900 	case MAC_PROP_EN_100T4_CAP:
2901 		minsize = sizeof (uint8_t);
2902 		break;
2903 	case MAC_PROP_PVID:
2904 		minsize = sizeof (uint16_t);
2905 		break;
2906 	case MAC_PROP_IPTUN_HOPLIMIT:
2907 		minsize = sizeof (uint32_t);
2908 		break;
2909 	case MAC_PROP_IPTUN_ENCAPLIMIT:
2910 		minsize = sizeof (uint32_t);
2911 		break;
2912 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_TX_RINGS_AVAIL:
2913 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_RX_RINGS_AVAIL:
2914 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_RXHWCLNT_AVAIL:
2915 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_TXHWCLNT_AVAIL:
2916 		minsize = sizeof (uint_t);
2917 		break;
2918 	case MAC_PROP_WL_ESSID:
2919 		minsize = sizeof (wl_linkstatus_t);
2920 		break;
2921 	case MAC_PROP_WL_BSSID:
2922 		minsize = sizeof (wl_bssid_t);
2923 		break;
2924 	case MAC_PROP_WL_BSSTYPE:
2925 		minsize = sizeof (wl_bss_type_t);
2926 		break;
2927 	case MAC_PROP_WL_LINKSTATUS:
2928 		minsize = sizeof (wl_linkstatus_t);
2929 		break;
2930 	case MAC_PROP_WL_DESIRED_RATES:
2931 		minsize = sizeof (wl_rates_t);
2932 		break;
2933 	case MAC_PROP_WL_SUPPORTED_RATES:
2934 		minsize = sizeof (wl_rates_t);
2935 		break;
2936 	case MAC_PROP_WL_AUTH_MODE:
2937 		minsize = sizeof (wl_authmode_t);
2938 		break;
2939 	case MAC_PROP_WL_ENCRYPTION:
2940 		minsize = sizeof (wl_encryption_t);
2941 		break;
2942 	case MAC_PROP_WL_RSSI:
2943 		minsize = sizeof (wl_rssi_t);
2944 		break;
2945 	case MAC_PROP_WL_PHY_CONFIG:
2946 		minsize = sizeof (wl_phy_conf_t);
2947 		break;
2948 	case MAC_PROP_WL_CAPABILITY:
2949 		minsize = sizeof (wl_capability_t);
2950 		break;
2951 	case MAC_PROP_WL_WPA:
2952 		minsize = sizeof (wl_wpa_t);
2953 		break;
2954 	case MAC_PROP_WL_SCANRESULTS:
2955 		minsize = sizeof (wl_wpa_ess_t);
2956 		break;
2957 	case MAC_PROP_WL_POWER_MODE:
2958 		minsize = sizeof (wl_ps_mode_t);
2959 		break;
2960 	case MAC_PROP_WL_RADIO:
2961 		minsize = sizeof (wl_radio_t);
2962 		break;
2963 	case MAC_PROP_WL_ESS_LIST:
2964 		minsize = sizeof (wl_ess_list_t);
2965 		break;
2966 	case MAC_PROP_WL_KEY_TAB:
2967 		minsize = sizeof (wl_wep_key_tab_t);
2968 		break;
2969 	case MAC_PROP_WL_CREATE_IBSS:
2970 		minsize = sizeof (wl_create_ibss_t);
2971 		break;
2972 	case MAC_PROP_WL_SETOPTIE:
2973 		minsize = sizeof (wl_wpa_ie_t);
2974 		break;
2975 	case MAC_PROP_WL_DELKEY:
2976 		minsize = sizeof (wl_del_key_t);
2977 		break;
2978 	case MAC_PROP_WL_KEY:
2979 		minsize = sizeof (wl_key_t);
2980 		break;
2981 	case MAC_PROP_WL_MLME:
2982 		minsize = sizeof (wl_mlme_t);
2983 		break;
2984 	}
2985 
2986 	return (valsize >= minsize);
2987 }
2988 
2989 /*
2990  * mac_set_prop() sets MAC or hardware driver properties:
2991  *
2992  * - MAC-managed properties such as resource properties include maxbw,
2993  *   priority, and cpu binding list, as well as the default port VID
2994  *   used by bridging. These properties are consumed by the MAC layer
2995  *   itself and not passed down to the driver. For resource control
2996  *   properties, this function invokes mac_set_resources() which will
2997  *   cache the property value in mac_impl_t and may call
2998  *   mac_client_set_resource() to update property value of the primary
2999  *   mac client, if it exists.
3000  *
3001  * - Properties which act on the hardware and must be passed to the
3002  *   driver, such as MTU, through the driver's mc_setprop() entry point.
3003  */
3004 int
3005 mac_set_prop(mac_handle_t mh, mac_prop_id_t id, char *name, void *val,
3006     uint_t valsize)
3007 {
3008 	int err = ENOTSUP;
3009 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
3010 
3011 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh));
3012 
3013 	switch (id) {
3014 	case MAC_PROP_RESOURCE: {
3015 		mac_resource_props_t *mrp;
3016 
3017 		/* call mac_set_resources() for MAC properties */
3018 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (mac_resource_props_t));
3019 		mrp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (*mrp), KM_SLEEP);
3020 		bcopy(val, mrp, sizeof (*mrp));
3021 		err = mac_set_resources(mh, mrp);
3022 		kmem_free(mrp, sizeof (*mrp));
3023 		break;
3024 	}
3025 
3026 	case MAC_PROP_PVID:
3027 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint16_t));
3028 		if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC)
3029 			return (EINVAL);
3030 		err = mac_set_pvid(mh, *(uint16_t *)val);
3031 		break;
3032 
3033 	case MAC_PROP_MTU: {
3034 		uint32_t mtu;
3035 
3036 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint32_t));
3037 		bcopy(val, &mtu, sizeof (mtu));
3038 		err = mac_set_mtu(mh, mtu, NULL);
3039 		break;
3040 	}
3041 
3042 	case MAC_PROP_LLIMIT:
3043 	case MAC_PROP_LDECAY: {
3044 		uint32_t learnval;
3045 
3046 		if (valsize < sizeof (learnval) ||
3047 		    (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC))
3048 			return (EINVAL);
3049 		bcopy(val, &learnval, sizeof (learnval));
3050 		if (learnval == 0 && id == MAC_PROP_LDECAY)
3051 			return (EINVAL);
3052 		if (id == MAC_PROP_LLIMIT)
3053 			mip->mi_llimit = learnval;
3054 		else
3055 			mip->mi_ldecay = learnval;
3056 		err = 0;
3057 		break;
3058 	}
3059 
3060 	default:
3061 		/* For other driver properties, call driver's callback */
3062 		if (mip->mi_callbacks->mc_callbacks & MC_SETPROP) {
3063 			err = mip->mi_callbacks->mc_setprop(mip->mi_driver,
3064 			    name, id, valsize, val);
3065 		}
3066 	}
3067 	return (err);
3068 }
3069 
3070 /*
3071  * mac_get_prop() gets MAC or device driver properties.
3072  *
3073  * If the property is a driver property, mac_get_prop() calls driver's callback
3074  * entry point to get it.
3075  * If the property is a MAC property, mac_get_prop() invokes mac_get_resources()
3076  * which returns the cached value in mac_impl_t.
3077  */
3078 int
3079 mac_get_prop(mac_handle_t mh, mac_prop_id_t id, char *name, void *val,
3080     uint_t valsize)
3081 {
3082 	int err = ENOTSUP;
3083 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
3084 	uint_t	rings;
3085 	uint_t	vlinks;
3086 
3087 	bzero(val, valsize);
3088 
3089 	switch (id) {
3090 	case MAC_PROP_RESOURCE: {
3091 		mac_resource_props_t *mrp;
3092 
3093 		/* If mac property, read from cache */
3094 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (mac_resource_props_t));
3095 		mrp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (*mrp), KM_SLEEP);
3096 		mac_get_resources(mh, mrp);
3097 		bcopy(mrp, val, sizeof (*mrp));
3098 		kmem_free(mrp, sizeof (*mrp));
3099 		return (0);
3100 	}
3101 	case MAC_PROP_RESOURCE_EFF: {
3102 		mac_resource_props_t *mrp;
3103 
3104 		/* If mac effective property, read from client */
3105 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (mac_resource_props_t));
3106 		mrp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (*mrp), KM_SLEEP);
3107 		mac_get_effective_resources(mh, mrp);
3108 		bcopy(mrp, val, sizeof (*mrp));
3109 		kmem_free(mrp, sizeof (*mrp));
3110 		return (0);
3111 	}
3112 
3113 	case MAC_PROP_PVID:
3114 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint16_t));
3115 		if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC)
3116 			return (EINVAL);
3117 		*(uint16_t *)val = mac_get_pvid(mh);
3118 		return (0);
3119 
3120 	case MAC_PROP_LLIMIT:
3121 	case MAC_PROP_LDECAY:
3122 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint32_t));
3123 		if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC)
3124 			return (EINVAL);
3125 		if (id == MAC_PROP_LLIMIT)
3126 			bcopy(&mip->mi_llimit, val, sizeof (mip->mi_llimit));
3127 		else
3128 			bcopy(&mip->mi_ldecay, val, sizeof (mip->mi_ldecay));
3129 		return (0);
3130 
3131 	case MAC_PROP_MTU: {
3132 		uint32_t sdu;
3133 
3134 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint32_t));
3135 		mac_sdu_get(mh, NULL, &sdu);
3136 		bcopy(&sdu, val, sizeof (sdu));
3137 
3138 		return (0);
3139 	}
3140 	case MAC_PROP_STATUS: {
3141 		link_state_t link_state;
3142 
3143 		if (valsize < sizeof (link_state))
3144 			return (EINVAL);
3145 		link_state = mac_link_get(mh);
3146 		bcopy(&link_state, val, sizeof (link_state));
3147 
3148 		return (0);
3149 	}
3150 
3151 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_RX_RINGS_AVAIL:
3152 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_TX_RINGS_AVAIL:
3153 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint_t));
3154 		rings = id == MAC_PROP_MAX_RX_RINGS_AVAIL ?
3155 		    mac_rxavail_get(mh) : mac_txavail_get(mh);
3156 		bcopy(&rings, val, sizeof (uint_t));
3157 		return (0);
3158 
3159 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_RXHWCLNT_AVAIL:
3160 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_TXHWCLNT_AVAIL:
3161 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint_t));
3162 		vlinks = id == MAC_PROP_MAX_RXHWCLNT_AVAIL ?
3163 		    mac_rxhwlnksavail_get(mh) : mac_txhwlnksavail_get(mh);
3164 		bcopy(&vlinks, val, sizeof (uint_t));
3165 		return (0);
3166 
3167 	case MAC_PROP_RXRINGSRANGE:
3168 	case MAC_PROP_TXRINGSRANGE:
3169 		/*
3170 		 * The value for these properties are returned through
3171 		 * the MAC_PROP_RESOURCE property.
3172 		 */
3173 		return (0);
3174 
3175 	default:
3176 		break;
3177 
3178 	}
3179 
3180 	/* If driver property, request from driver */
3181 	if (mip->mi_callbacks->mc_callbacks & MC_GETPROP) {
3182 		err = mip->mi_callbacks->mc_getprop(mip->mi_driver, name, id,
3183 		    valsize, val);
3184 	}
3185 
3186 	return (err);
3187 }
3188 
3189 /*
3190  * Helper function to initialize the range structure for use in
3191  * mac_get_prop. If the type can be other than uint32, we can
3192  * pass that as an arg.
3193  */
3194 static void
3195 _mac_set_range(mac_propval_range_t *range, uint32_t min, uint32_t max)
3196 {
3197 	range->mpr_count = 1;
3198 	range->mpr_type = MAC_PROPVAL_UINT32;
3199 	range->mpr_range_uint32[0].mpur_min = min;
3200 	range->mpr_range_uint32[0].mpur_max = max;
3201 }
3202 
3203 /*
3204  * Returns information about the specified property, such as default
3205  * values or permissions.
3206  */
3207 int
3208 mac_prop_info(mac_handle_t mh, mac_prop_id_t id, char *name,
3209     void *default_val, uint_t default_size, mac_propval_range_t *range,
3210     uint_t *perm)
3211 {
3212 	mac_prop_info_state_t state;
3213 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
3214 	uint_t	max;
3215 
3216 	/*
3217 	 * A property is read/write by default unless the driver says
3218 	 * otherwise.
3219 	 */
3220 	if (perm != NULL)
3221 		*perm = MAC_PROP_PERM_RW;
3222 
3223 	if (default_val != NULL)
3224 		bzero(default_val, default_size);
3225 
3226 	/*
3227 	 * First, handle framework properties for which we don't need to
3228 	 * involve the driver.
3229 	 */
3230 	switch (id) {
3231 	case MAC_PROP_RESOURCE:
3232 	case MAC_PROP_PVID:
3233 	case MAC_PROP_LLIMIT:
3234 	case MAC_PROP_LDECAY:
3235 		return (0);
3236 
3237 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_RX_RINGS_AVAIL:
3238 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_TX_RINGS_AVAIL:
3239 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_RXHWCLNT_AVAIL:
3240 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_TXHWCLNT_AVAIL:
3241 		if (perm != NULL)
3242 			*perm = MAC_PROP_PERM_READ;
3243 		return (0);
3244 
3245 	case MAC_PROP_RXRINGSRANGE:
3246 	case MAC_PROP_TXRINGSRANGE:
3247 		/*
3248 		 * Currently, we support range for RX and TX rings properties.
3249 		 * When we extend this support to maxbw, cpus and priority,
3250 		 * we should move this to mac_get_resources.
3251 		 * There is no default value for RX or TX rings.
3252 		 */
3253 		if ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) &&
3254 		    mac_is_vnic_primary(mh)) {
3255 			/*
3256 			 * We don't support setting rings for a VLAN
3257 			 * data link because it shares its ring with the
3258 			 * primary MAC client.
3259 			 */
3260 			if (perm != NULL)
3261 				*perm = MAC_PROP_PERM_READ;
3262 			if (range != NULL)
3263 				range->mpr_count = 0;
3264 		} else if (range != NULL) {
3265 			if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC)
3266 				mh = mac_get_lower_mac_handle(mh);
3267 			mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
3268 			if ((id == MAC_PROP_RXRINGSRANGE &&
3269 			    mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_STATIC) ||
3270 			    (id == MAC_PROP_TXRINGSRANGE &&
3271 			    mip->mi_tx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_STATIC)) {
3272 				if (id == MAC_PROP_RXRINGSRANGE) {
3273 					if ((mac_rxhwlnksavail_get(mh) +
3274 					    mac_rxhwlnksrsvd_get(mh)) <= 1) {
3275 						/*
3276 						 * doesn't support groups or
3277 						 * rings
3278 						 */
3279 						range->mpr_count = 0;
3280 					} else {
3281 						/*
3282 						 * supports specifying groups,
3283 						 * but not rings
3284 						 */
3285 						_mac_set_range(range, 0, 0);
3286 					}
3287 				} else {
3288 					if ((mac_txhwlnksavail_get(mh) +
3289 					    mac_txhwlnksrsvd_get(mh)) <= 1) {
3290 						/*
3291 						 * doesn't support groups or
3292 						 * rings
3293 						 */
3294 						range->mpr_count = 0;
3295 					} else {
3296 						/*
3297 						 * supports specifying groups,
3298 						 * but not rings
3299 						 */
3300 						_mac_set_range(range, 0, 0);
3301 					}
3302 				}
3303 			} else {
3304 				max = id == MAC_PROP_RXRINGSRANGE ?
3305 				    mac_rxavail_get(mh) + mac_rxrsvd_get(mh) :
3306 				    mac_txavail_get(mh) + mac_txrsvd_get(mh);
3307 				if (max <= 1) {
3308 					/*
3309 					 * doesn't support groups or
3310 					 * rings
3311 					 */
3312 					range->mpr_count = 0;
3313 				} else  {
3314 					/*
3315 					 * -1 because we have to leave out the
3316 					 * default ring.
3317 					 */
3318 					_mac_set_range(range, 1, max - 1);
3319 				}
3320 			}
3321 		}
3322 		return (0);
3323 
3324 	case MAC_PROP_STATUS:
3325 		if (perm != NULL)
3326 			*perm = MAC_PROP_PERM_READ;
3327 		return (0);
3328 	}
3329 
3330 	/*
3331 	 * Get the property info from the driver if it implements the
3332 	 * property info entry point.
3333 	 */
3334 	bzero(&state, sizeof (state));
3335 
3336 	if (mip->mi_callbacks->mc_callbacks & MC_PROPINFO) {
3337 		state.pr_default = default_val;
3338 		state.pr_default_size = default_size;
3339 
3340 		/*
3341 		 * The caller specifies the maximum number of ranges
3342 		 * it can accomodate using mpr_count. We don't touch
3343 		 * this value until the driver returns from its
3344 		 * mc_propinfo() callback, and ensure we don't exceed
3345 		 * this number of range as the driver defines
3346 		 * supported range from its mc_propinfo().
3347 		 *
3348 		 * pr_range_cur_count keeps track of how many ranges
3349 		 * were defined by the driver from its mc_propinfo()
3350 		 * entry point.
3351 		 *
3352 		 * On exit, the user-specified range mpr_count returns
3353 		 * the number of ranges specified by the driver on
3354 		 * success, or the number of ranges it wanted to
3355 		 * define if that number of ranges could not be
3356 		 * accomodated by the specified range structure.  In
3357 		 * the latter case, the caller will be able to
3358 		 * allocate a larger range structure, and query the
3359 		 * property again.
3360 		 */
3361 		state.pr_range_cur_count = 0;
3362 		state.pr_range = range;
3363 
3364 		mip->mi_callbacks->mc_propinfo(mip->mi_driver, name, id,
3365 		    (mac_prop_info_handle_t)&state);
3366 
3367 		if (state.pr_flags & MAC_PROP_INFO_RANGE)
3368 			range->mpr_count = state.pr_range_cur_count;
3369 
3370 		/*
3371 		 * The operation could fail if the buffer supplied by
3372 		 * the user was too small for the range or default
3373 		 * value of the property.
3374 		 */
3375 		if (state.pr_errno != 0)
3376 			return (state.pr_errno);
3377 
3378 		if (perm != NULL && state.pr_flags & MAC_PROP_INFO_PERM)
3379 			*perm = state.pr_perm;
3380 	}
3381 
3382 	/*
3383 	 * The MAC layer may want to provide default values or allowed
3384 	 * ranges for properties if the driver does not provide a
3385 	 * property info entry point, or that entry point exists, but
3386 	 * it did not provide a default value or allowed ranges for
3387 	 * that property.
3388 	 */
3389 	switch (id) {
3390 	case MAC_PROP_MTU: {
3391 		uint32_t sdu;
3392 
3393 		mac_sdu_get(mh, NULL, &sdu);
3394 
3395 		if (range != NULL && !(state.pr_flags &
3396 		    MAC_PROP_INFO_RANGE)) {
3397 			/* MTU range */
3398 			_mac_set_range(range, sdu, sdu);
3399 		}
3400 
3401 		if (default_val != NULL && !(state.pr_flags &
3402 		    MAC_PROP_INFO_DEFAULT)) {
3403 			if (mip->mi_info.mi_media == DL_ETHER)
3404 				sdu = ETHERMTU;
3405 			/* default MTU value */
3406 			bcopy(&sdu, default_val, sizeof (sdu));
3407 		}
3408 	}
3409 	}
3410 
3411 	return (0);
3412 }
3413 
3414 int
3415 mac_fastpath_disable(mac_handle_t mh)
3416 {
3417 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
3418 
3419 	if ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_LEGACY) == 0)
3420 		return (0);
3421 
3422 	return (mip->mi_capab_legacy.ml_fastpath_disable(mip->mi_driver));
3423 }
3424 
3425 void
3426 mac_fastpath_enable(mac_handle_t mh)
3427 {
3428 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
3429 
3430 	if ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_LEGACY) == 0)
3431 		return;
3432 
3433 	mip->mi_capab_legacy.ml_fastpath_enable(mip->mi_driver);
3434 }
3435 
3436 void
3437 mac_register_priv_prop(mac_impl_t *mip, char **priv_props)
3438 {
3439 	uint_t nprops, i;
3440 
3441 	if (priv_props == NULL)
3442 		return;
3443 
3444 	nprops = 0;
3445 	while (priv_props[nprops] != NULL)
3446 		nprops++;
3447 	if (nprops == 0)
3448 		return;
3449 
3450 
3451 	mip->mi_priv_prop = kmem_zalloc(nprops * sizeof (char *), KM_SLEEP);
3452 
3453 	for (i = 0; i < nprops; i++) {
3454 		mip->mi_priv_prop[i] = kmem_zalloc(MAXLINKPROPNAME, KM_SLEEP);
3455 		(void) strlcpy(mip->mi_priv_prop[i], priv_props[i],
3456 		    MAXLINKPROPNAME);
3457 	}
3458 
3459 	mip->mi_priv_prop_count = nprops;
3460 }
3461 
3462 void
3463 mac_unregister_priv_prop(mac_impl_t *mip)
3464 {
3465 	uint_t i;
3466 
3467 	if (mip->mi_priv_prop_count == 0) {
3468 		ASSERT(mip->mi_priv_prop == NULL);
3469 		return;
3470 	}
3471 
3472 	for (i = 0; i < mip->mi_priv_prop_count; i++)
3473 		kmem_free(mip->mi_priv_prop[i], MAXLINKPROPNAME);
3474 	kmem_free(mip->mi_priv_prop, mip->mi_priv_prop_count *
3475 	    sizeof (char *));
3476 
3477 	mip->mi_priv_prop = NULL;
3478 	mip->mi_priv_prop_count = 0;
3479 }
3480 
3481 /*
3482  * mac_ring_t 'mr' macros. Some rogue drivers may access ring structure
3483  * (by invoking mac_rx()) even after processing mac_stop_ring(). In such
3484  * cases if MAC free's the ring structure after mac_stop_ring(), any
3485  * illegal access to the ring structure coming from the driver will panic
3486  * the system. In order to protect the system from such inadverent access,
3487  * we maintain a cache of rings in the mac_impl_t after they get free'd up.
3488  * When packets are received on free'd up rings, MAC (through the generation
3489  * count mechanism) will drop such packets.
3490  */
3491 static mac_ring_t *
3492 mac_ring_alloc(mac_impl_t *mip)
3493 {
3494 	mac_ring_t *ring;
3495 
3496 	mutex_enter(&mip->mi_ring_lock);
3497 	if (mip->mi_ring_freelist != NULL) {
3498 		ring = mip->mi_ring_freelist;
3499 		mip->mi_ring_freelist = ring->mr_next;
3500 		bzero(ring, sizeof (mac_ring_t));
3501 		mutex_exit(&mip->mi_ring_lock);
3502 	} else {
3503 		mutex_exit(&mip->mi_ring_lock);
3504 		ring = kmem_cache_alloc(mac_ring_cache, KM_SLEEP);
3505 	}
3506 	ASSERT((ring != NULL) && (ring->mr_state == MR_FREE));
3507 	return (ring);
3508 }
3509 
3510 static void
3511 mac_ring_free(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_t *ring)
3512 {
3513 	ASSERT(ring->mr_state == MR_FREE);
3514 
3515 	mutex_enter(&mip->mi_ring_lock);
3516 	ring->mr_state = MR_FREE;
3517 	ring->mr_flag = 0;
3518 	ring->mr_next = mip->mi_ring_freelist;
3519 	ring->mr_mip = NULL;
3520 	mip->mi_ring_freelist = ring;
3521 	mac_ring_stat_delete(ring);
3522 	mutex_exit(&mip->mi_ring_lock);
3523 }
3524 
3525 static void
3526 mac_ring_freeall(mac_impl_t *mip)
3527 {
3528 	mac_ring_t *ring_next;
3529 	mutex_enter(&mip->mi_ring_lock);
3530 	mac_ring_t *ring = mip->mi_ring_freelist;
3531 	while (ring != NULL) {
3532 		ring_next = ring->mr_next;
3533 		kmem_cache_free(mac_ring_cache, ring);
3534 		ring = ring_next;
3535 	}
3536 	mip->mi_ring_freelist = NULL;
3537 	mutex_exit(&mip->mi_ring_lock);
3538 }
3539 
3540 int
3541 mac_start_ring(mac_ring_t *ring)
3542 {
3543 	int rv = 0;
3544 
3545 	ASSERT(ring->mr_state == MR_FREE);
3546 
3547 	if (ring->mr_start != NULL) {
3548 		rv = ring->mr_start(ring->mr_driver, ring->mr_gen_num);
3549 		if (rv != 0)
3550 			return (rv);
3551 	}
3552 
3553 	ring->mr_state = MR_INUSE;
3554 	return (rv);
3555 }
3556 
3557 void
3558 mac_stop_ring(mac_ring_t *ring)
3559 {
3560 	ASSERT(ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE);
3561 
3562 	if (ring->mr_stop != NULL)
3563 		ring->mr_stop(ring->mr_driver);
3564 
3565 	ring->mr_state = MR_FREE;
3566 
3567 	/*
3568 	 * Increment the ring generation number for this ring.
3569 	 */
3570 	ring->mr_gen_num++;
3571 }
3572 
3573 int
3574 mac_start_group(mac_group_t *group)
3575 {
3576 	int rv = 0;
3577 
3578 	if (group->mrg_start != NULL)
3579 		rv = group->mrg_start(group->mrg_driver);
3580 
3581 	return (rv);
3582 }
3583 
3584 void
3585 mac_stop_group(mac_group_t *group)
3586 {
3587 	if (group->mrg_stop != NULL)
3588 		group->mrg_stop(group->mrg_driver);
3589 }
3590 
3591 /*
3592  * Called from mac_start() on the default Rx group. Broadcast and multicast
3593  * packets are received only on the default group. Hence the default group
3594  * needs to be up even if the primary client is not up, for the other groups
3595  * to be functional. We do this by calling this function at mac_start time
3596  * itself. However the broadcast packets that are received can't make their
3597  * way beyond mac_rx until a mac client creates a broadcast flow.
3598  */
3599 static int
3600 mac_start_group_and_rings(mac_group_t *group)
3601 {
3602 	mac_ring_t	*ring;
3603 	int		rv = 0;
3604 
3605 	ASSERT(group->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED);
3606 	if ((rv = mac_start_group(group)) != 0)
3607 		return (rv);
3608 
3609 	for (ring = group->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next) {
3610 		ASSERT(ring->mr_state == MR_FREE);
3611 		if ((rv = mac_start_ring(ring)) != 0)
3612 			goto error;
3613 		ring->mr_classify_type = MAC_SW_CLASSIFIER;
3614 	}
3615 	return (0);
3616 
3617 error:
3618 	mac_stop_group_and_rings(group);
3619 	return (rv);
3620 }
3621 
3622 /* Called from mac_stop on the default Rx group */
3623 static void
3624 mac_stop_group_and_rings(mac_group_t *group)
3625 {
3626 	mac_ring_t	*ring;
3627 
3628 	for (ring = group->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next) {
3629 		if (ring->mr_state != MR_FREE) {
3630 			mac_stop_ring(ring);
3631 			ring->mr_flag = 0;
3632 			ring->mr_classify_type = MAC_NO_CLASSIFIER;
3633 		}
3634 	}
3635 	mac_stop_group(group);
3636 }
3637 
3638 
3639 static mac_ring_t *
3640 mac_init_ring(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_group_t *group, int index,
3641     mac_capab_rings_t *cap_rings)
3642 {
3643 	mac_ring_t *ring, *rnext;
3644 	mac_ring_info_t ring_info;
3645 	ddi_intr_handle_t ddi_handle;
3646 
3647 	ring = mac_ring_alloc(mip);
3648 
3649 	/* Prepare basic information of ring */
3650 
3651 	/*
3652 	 * Ring index is numbered to be unique across a particular device.
3653 	 * Ring index computation makes following assumptions:
3654 	 *	- For drivers with static grouping (e.g. ixgbe, bge),
3655 	 *	ring index exchanged with the driver (e.g. during mr_rget)
3656 	 *	is unique only across the group the ring belongs to.
3657 	 *	- Drivers with dynamic grouping (e.g. nxge), start
3658 	 *	with single group (mrg_index = 0).
3659 	 */
3660 	ring->mr_index = group->mrg_index * group->mrg_info.mgi_count + index;
3661 	ring->mr_type = group->mrg_type;
3662 	ring->mr_gh = (mac_group_handle_t)group;
3663 
3664 	/* Insert the new ring to the list. */
3665 	ring->mr_next = group->mrg_rings;
3666 	group->mrg_rings = ring;
3667 
3668 	/* Zero to reuse the info data structure */
3669 	bzero(&ring_info, sizeof (ring_info));
3670 
3671 	/* Query ring information from driver */
3672 	cap_rings->mr_rget(mip->mi_driver, group->mrg_type, group->mrg_index,
3673 	    index, &ring_info, (mac_ring_handle_t)ring);
3674 
3675 	ring->mr_info = ring_info;
3676 
3677 	/*
3678 	 * The interrupt handle could be shared among multiple rings.
3679 	 * Thus if there is a bunch of rings that are sharing an
3680 	 * interrupt, then only one ring among the bunch will be made
3681 	 * available for interrupt re-targeting; the rest will have
3682 	 * ddi_shared flag set to TRUE and would not be available for
3683 	 * be interrupt re-targeting.
3684 	 */
3685 	if ((ddi_handle = ring_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_handle) != NULL) {
3686 		rnext = ring->mr_next;
3687 		while (rnext != NULL) {
3688 			if (rnext->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_handle ==
3689 			    ddi_handle) {
3690 				/*
3691 				 * If default ring (mr_index == 0) is part
3692 				 * of a group of rings sharing an
3693 				 * interrupt, then set ddi_shared flag for
3694 				 * the default ring and give another ring
3695 				 * the chance to be re-targeted.
3696 				 */
3697 				if (rnext->mr_index == 0 &&
3698 				    !rnext->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared) {
3699 					rnext->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared =
3700 					    B_TRUE;
3701 				} else {
3702 					ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared =
3703 					    B_TRUE;
3704 				}
3705 				break;
3706 			}
3707 			rnext = rnext->mr_next;
3708 		}
3709 		/*
3710 		 * If rnext is NULL, then no matching ddi_handle was found.
3711 		 * Rx rings get registered first. So if this is a Tx ring,
3712 		 * then go through all the Rx rings and see if there is a
3713 		 * matching ddi handle.
3714 		 */
3715 		if (rnext == NULL && ring->mr_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX) {
3716 			mac_compare_ddi_handle(mip->mi_rx_groups,
3717 			    mip->mi_rx_group_count, ring);
3718 		}
3719 	}
3720 
3721 	/* Update ring's status */
3722 	ring->mr_state = MR_FREE;
3723 	ring->mr_flag = 0;
3724 
3725 	/* Update the ring count of the group */
3726 	group->mrg_cur_count++;
3727 
3728 	/* Create per ring kstats */
3729 	if (ring->mr_stat != NULL) {
3730 		ring->mr_mip = mip;
3731 		mac_ring_stat_create(ring);
3732 	}
3733 
3734 	return (ring);
3735 }
3736 
3737 /*
3738  * Rings are chained together for easy regrouping.
3739  */
3740 static void
3741 mac_init_group(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_group_t *group, int size,
3742     mac_capab_rings_t *cap_rings)
3743 {
3744 	int index;
3745 
3746 	/*
3747 	 * Initialize all ring members of this group. Size of zero will not
3748 	 * enter the loop, so it's safe for initializing an empty group.
3749 	 */
3750 	for (index = size - 1; index >= 0; index--)
3751 		(void) mac_init_ring(mip, group, index, cap_rings);
3752 }
3753 
3754 int
3755 mac_init_rings(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_type_t rtype)
3756 {
3757 	mac_capab_rings_t	*cap_rings;
3758 	mac_group_t		*group;
3759 	mac_group_t		*groups;
3760 	mac_group_info_t	group_info;
3761 	uint_t			group_free = 0;
3762 	uint_t			ring_left;
3763 	mac_ring_t		*ring;
3764 	int			g;
3765 	int			err = 0;
3766 	uint_t			grpcnt;
3767 	boolean_t		pseudo_txgrp = B_FALSE;
3768 
3769 	switch (rtype) {
3770 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX:
3771 		ASSERT(mip->mi_rx_groups == NULL);
3772 
3773 		cap_rings = &mip->mi_rx_rings_cap;
3774 		cap_rings->mr_type = MAC_RING_TYPE_RX;
3775 		break;
3776 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX:
3777 		ASSERT(mip->mi_tx_groups == NULL);
3778 
3779 		cap_rings = &mip->mi_tx_rings_cap;
3780 		cap_rings->mr_type = MAC_RING_TYPE_TX;
3781 		break;
3782 	default:
3783 		ASSERT(B_FALSE);
3784 	}
3785 
3786 	if (!i_mac_capab_get((mac_handle_t)mip, MAC_CAPAB_RINGS, cap_rings))
3787 		return (0);
3788 	grpcnt = cap_rings->mr_gnum;
3789 
3790 	/*
3791 	 * If we have multiple TX rings, but only one TX group, we can
3792 	 * create pseudo TX groups (one per TX ring) in the MAC layer,
3793 	 * except for an aggr. For an aggr currently we maintain only
3794 	 * one group with all the rings (for all its ports), going
3795 	 * forwards we might change this.
3796 	 */
3797 	if (rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX &&
3798 	    cap_rings->mr_gnum == 0 && cap_rings->mr_rnum >  0 &&
3799 	    (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_AGGR) == 0) {
3800 		/*
3801 		 * The -1 here is because we create a default TX group
3802 		 * with all the rings in it.
3803 		 */
3804 		grpcnt = cap_rings->mr_rnum - 1;
3805 		pseudo_txgrp = B_TRUE;
3806 	}
3807 
3808 	/*
3809 	 * Allocate a contiguous buffer for all groups.
3810 	 */
3811 	groups = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_group_t) * (grpcnt+ 1), KM_SLEEP);
3812 
3813 	ring_left = cap_rings->mr_rnum;
3814 
3815 	/*
3816 	 * Get all ring groups if any, and get their ring members
3817 	 * if any.
3818 	 */
3819 	for (g = 0; g < grpcnt; g++) {
3820 		group = groups + g;
3821 
3822 		/* Prepare basic information of the group */
3823 		group->mrg_index = g;
3824 		group->mrg_type = rtype;
3825 		group->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_UNINIT;
3826 		group->mrg_mh = (mac_handle_t)mip;
3827 		group->mrg_next = group + 1;
3828 
3829 		/* Zero to reuse the info data structure */
3830 		bzero(&group_info, sizeof (group_info));
3831 
3832 		if (pseudo_txgrp) {
3833 			/*
3834 			 * This is a pseudo group that we created, apart
3835 			 * from setting the state there is nothing to be
3836 			 * done.
3837 			 */
3838 			group->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED;
3839 			group_free++;
3840 			continue;
3841 		}
3842 		/* Query group information from driver */
3843 		cap_rings->mr_gget(mip->mi_driver, rtype, g, &group_info,
3844 		    (mac_group_handle_t)group);
3845 
3846 		switch (cap_rings->mr_group_type) {
3847 		case MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC:
3848 			if (cap_rings->mr_gaddring == NULL ||
3849 			    cap_rings->mr_gremring == NULL) {
3850 				DTRACE_PROBE3(
3851 				    mac__init__rings_no_addremring,
3852 				    char *, mip->mi_name,
3853 				    mac_group_add_ring_t,
3854 				    cap_rings->mr_gaddring,
3855 				    mac_group_add_ring_t,
3856 				    cap_rings->mr_gremring);
3857 				err = EINVAL;
3858 				goto bail;
3859 			}
3860 
3861 			switch (rtype) {
3862 			case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX:
3863 				/*
3864 				 * The first RX group must have non-zero
3865 				 * rings, and the following groups must
3866 				 * have zero rings.
3867 				 */
3868 				if (g == 0 && group_info.mgi_count == 0) {
3869 					DTRACE_PROBE1(
3870 					    mac__init__rings__rx__def__zero,
3871 					    char *, mip->mi_name);
3872 					err = EINVAL;
3873 					goto bail;
3874 				}
3875 				if (g > 0 && group_info.mgi_count != 0) {
3876 					DTRACE_PROBE3(
3877 					    mac__init__rings__rx__nonzero,
3878 					    char *, mip->mi_name,
3879 					    int, g, int, group_info.mgi_count);
3880 					err = EINVAL;
3881 					goto bail;
3882 				}
3883 				break;
3884 			case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX:
3885 				/*
3886 				 * All TX ring groups must have zero rings.
3887 				 */
3888 				if (group_info.mgi_count != 0) {
3889 					DTRACE_PROBE3(
3890 					    mac__init__rings__tx__nonzero,
3891 					    char *, mip->mi_name,
3892 					    int, g, int, group_info.mgi_count);
3893 					err = EINVAL;
3894 					goto bail;
3895 				}
3896 				break;
3897 			}
3898 			break;
3899 		case MAC_GROUP_TYPE_STATIC:
3900 			/*
3901 			 * Note that an empty group is allowed, e.g., an aggr
3902 			 * would start with an empty group.
3903 			 */
3904 			break;
3905 		default:
3906 			/* unknown group type */
3907 			DTRACE_PROBE2(mac__init__rings__unknown__type,
3908 			    char *, mip->mi_name,
3909 			    int, cap_rings->mr_group_type);
3910 			err = EINVAL;
3911 			goto bail;
3912 		}
3913 
3914 
3915 		/*
3916 		 * Driver must register group->mgi_addmac/remmac() for rx groups
3917 		 * to support multiple MAC addresses.
3918 		 */
3919 		if (rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX) {
3920 			if ((group_info.mgi_addmac == NULL) ||
3921 			    (group_info.mgi_addmac == NULL)) {
3922 				goto bail;
3923 			}
3924 		}
3925 
3926 		/* Cache driver-supplied information */
3927 		group->mrg_info = group_info;
3928 
3929 		/* Update the group's status and group count. */
3930 		mac_set_group_state(group, MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED);
3931 		group_free++;
3932 
3933 		group->mrg_rings = NULL;
3934 		group->mrg_cur_count = 0;
3935 		mac_init_group(mip, group, group_info.mgi_count, cap_rings);
3936 		ring_left -= group_info.mgi_count;
3937 
3938 		/* The current group size should be equal to default value */
3939 		ASSERT(group->mrg_cur_count == group_info.mgi_count);
3940 	}
3941 
3942 	/* Build up a dummy group for free resources as a pool */
3943 	group = groups + grpcnt;
3944 
3945 	/* Prepare basic information of the group */
3946 	group->mrg_index = -1;
3947 	group->mrg_type = rtype;
3948 	group->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_UNINIT;
3949 	group->mrg_mh = (mac_handle_t)mip;
3950 	group->mrg_next = NULL;
3951 
3952 	/*
3953 	 * If there are ungrouped rings, allocate a continuous buffer for
3954 	 * remaining resources.
3955 	 */
3956 	if (ring_left != 0) {
3957 		group->mrg_rings = NULL;
3958 		group->mrg_cur_count = 0;
3959 		mac_init_group(mip, group, ring_left, cap_rings);
3960 
3961 		/* The current group size should be equal to ring_left */
3962 		ASSERT(group->mrg_cur_count == ring_left);
3963 
3964 		ring_left = 0;
3965 
3966 		/* Update this group's status */
3967 		mac_set_group_state(group, MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED);
3968 	} else
3969 		group->mrg_rings = NULL;
3970 
3971 	ASSERT(ring_left == 0);
3972 
3973 bail:
3974 
3975 	/* Cache other important information to finalize the initialization */
3976 	switch (rtype) {
3977 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX:
3978 		mip->mi_rx_group_type = cap_rings->mr_group_type;
3979 		mip->mi_rx_group_count = cap_rings->mr_gnum;
3980 		mip->mi_rx_groups = groups;
3981 		mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = groups;
3982 		if (mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) {
3983 			/*
3984 			 * The default ring is reserved since it is
3985 			 * used for sending the broadcast etc. packets.
3986 			 */
3987 			mip->mi_rxrings_avail =
3988 			    mip->mi_rx_groups->mrg_cur_count - 1;
3989 			mip->mi_rxrings_rsvd = 1;
3990 		}
3991 		/*
3992 		 * The default group cannot be reserved. It is used by
3993 		 * all the clients that do not have an exclusive group.
3994 		 */
3995 		mip->mi_rxhwclnt_avail = mip->mi_rx_group_count - 1;
3996 		mip->mi_rxhwclnt_used = 1;
3997 		break;
3998 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX:
3999 		mip->mi_tx_group_type = pseudo_txgrp ? MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC :
4000 		    cap_rings->mr_group_type;
4001 		mip->mi_tx_group_count = grpcnt;
4002 		mip->mi_tx_group_free = group_free;
4003 		mip->mi_tx_groups = groups;
4004 
4005 		group = groups + grpcnt;
4006 		ring = group->mrg_rings;
4007 		/*
4008 		 * The ring can be NULL in the case of aggr. Aggr will
4009 		 * have an empty Tx group which will get populated
4010 		 * later when pseudo Tx rings are added after
4011 		 * mac_register() is done.
4012 		 */
4013 		if (ring == NULL) {
4014 			ASSERT(mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_AGGR);
4015 			/*
4016 			 * pass the group to aggr so it can add Tx
4017 			 * rings to the group later.
4018 			 */
4019 			cap_rings->mr_gget(mip->mi_driver, rtype, 0, NULL,
4020 			    (mac_group_handle_t)group);
4021 			/*
4022 			 * Even though there are no rings at this time
4023 			 * (rings will come later), set the group
4024 			 * state to registered.
4025 			 */
4026 			group->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED;
4027 		} else {
4028 			/*
4029 			 * Ring 0 is used as the default one and it could be
4030 			 * assigned to a client as well.
4031 			 */
4032 			while ((ring->mr_index != 0) && (ring->mr_next != NULL))
4033 				ring = ring->mr_next;
4034 			ASSERT(ring->mr_index == 0);
4035 			mip->mi_default_tx_ring = (mac_ring_handle_t)ring;
4036 		}
4037 		if (mip->mi_tx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC)
4038 			mip->mi_txrings_avail = group->mrg_cur_count - 1;
4039 			/*
4040 			 * The default ring cannot be reserved.
4041 			 */
4042 			mip->mi_txrings_rsvd = 1;
4043 		/*
4044 		 * The default group cannot be reserved. It will be shared
4045 		 * by clients that do not have an exclusive group.
4046 		 */
4047 		mip->mi_txhwclnt_avail = mip->mi_tx_group_count;
4048 		mip->mi_txhwclnt_used = 1;
4049 		break;
4050 	default:
4051 		ASSERT(B_FALSE);
4052 	}
4053 
4054 	if (err != 0)
4055 		mac_free_rings(mip, rtype);
4056 
4057 	return (err);
4058 }
4059 
4060 /*
4061  * The ddi interrupt handle could be shared amoung rings. If so, compare
4062  * the new ring's ddi handle with the existing ones and set ddi_shared
4063  * flag.
4064  */
4065 void
4066 mac_compare_ddi_handle(mac_group_t *groups, uint_t grpcnt, mac_ring_t *cring)
4067 {
4068 	mac_group_t *group;
4069 	mac_ring_t *ring;
4070 	ddi_intr_handle_t ddi_handle;
4071 	int g;
4072 
4073 	ddi_handle = cring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_handle;
4074 	for (g = 0; g < grpcnt; g++) {
4075 		group = groups + g;
4076 		for (ring = group->mrg_rings; ring != NULL;
4077 		    ring = ring->mr_next) {
4078 			if (ring == cring)
4079 				continue;
4080 			if (ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_handle ==
4081 			    ddi_handle) {
4082 				if (cring->mr_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX &&
4083 				    ring->mr_index == 0 &&
4084 				    !ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared) {
4085 					ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared =
4086 					    B_TRUE;
4087 				} else {
4088 					cring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared =
4089 					    B_TRUE;
4090 				}
4091 				return;
4092 			}
4093 		}
4094 	}
4095 }
4096 
4097 /*
4098  * Called to free all groups of particular type (RX or TX). It's assumed that
4099  * no clients are using these groups.
4100  */
4101 void
4102 mac_free_rings(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_type_t rtype)
4103 {
4104 	mac_group_t *group, *groups;
4105 	uint_t group_count;
4106 
4107 	switch (rtype) {
4108 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX:
4109 		if (mip->mi_rx_groups == NULL)
4110 			return;
4111 
4112 		groups = mip->mi_rx_groups;
4113 		group_count = mip->mi_rx_group_count;
4114 
4115 		mip->mi_rx_groups = NULL;
4116 		mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = NULL;
4117 		mip->mi_rx_group_count = 0;
4118 		break;
4119 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX:
4120 		ASSERT(mip->mi_tx_group_count == mip->mi_tx_group_free);
4121 
4122 		if (mip->mi_tx_groups == NULL)
4123 			return;
4124 
4125 		groups = mip->mi_tx_groups;
4126 		group_count = mip->mi_tx_group_count;
4127 
4128 		mip->mi_tx_groups = NULL;
4129 		mip->mi_tx_group_count = 0;
4130 		mip->mi_tx_group_free = 0;
4131 		mip->mi_default_tx_ring = NULL;
4132 		break;
4133 	default:
4134 		ASSERT(B_FALSE);
4135 	}
4136 
4137 	for (group = groups; group != NULL; group = group->mrg_next) {
4138 		mac_ring_t *ring;
4139 
4140 		if (group->mrg_cur_count == 0)
4141 			continue;
4142 
4143 		ASSERT(group->mrg_rings != NULL);
4144 
4145 		while ((ring = group->mrg_rings) != NULL) {
4146 			group->mrg_rings = ring->mr_next;
4147 			mac_ring_free(mip, ring);
4148 		}
4149 	}
4150 
4151 	/* Free all the cached rings */
4152 	mac_ring_freeall(mip);
4153 	/* Free the block of group data strutures */
4154 	kmem_free(groups, sizeof (mac_group_t) * (group_count + 1));
4155 }
4156 
4157 /*
4158  * Associate a MAC address with a receive group.
4159  *
4160  * The return value of this function should always be checked properly, because
4161  * any type of failure could cause unexpected results. A group can be added
4162  * or removed with a MAC address only after it has been reserved. Ideally,
4163  * a successful reservation always leads to calling mac_group_addmac() to
4164  * steer desired traffic. Failure of adding an unicast MAC address doesn't
4165  * always imply that the group is functioning abnormally.
4166  *
4167  * Currently this function is called everywhere, and it reflects assumptions
4168  * about MAC addresses in the implementation. CR 6735196.
4169  */
4170 int
4171 mac_group_addmac(mac_group_t *group, const uint8_t *addr)
4172 {
4173 	ASSERT(group->mrg_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX);
4174 	ASSERT(group->mrg_info.mgi_addmac != NULL);
4175 
4176 	return (group->mrg_info.mgi_addmac(group->mrg_info.mgi_driver, addr));
4177 }
4178 
4179 /*
4180  * Remove the association between MAC address and receive group.
4181  */
4182 int
4183 mac_group_remmac(mac_group_t *group, const uint8_t *addr)
4184 {
4185 	ASSERT(group->mrg_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX);
4186 	ASSERT(group->mrg_info.mgi_remmac != NULL);
4187 
4188 	return (group->mrg_info.mgi_remmac(group->mrg_info.mgi_driver, addr));
4189 }
4190 
4191 /*
4192  * This is the entry point for packets transmitted through the bridging code.
4193  * If no bridge is in place, MAC_RING_TX transmits using tx ring. The 'rh'
4194  * pointer may be NULL to select the default ring.
4195  */
4196 mblk_t *
4197 mac_bridge_tx(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_handle_t rh, mblk_t *mp)
4198 {
4199 	mac_handle_t mh;
4200 
4201 	/*
4202 	 * Once we take a reference on the bridge link, the bridge
4203 	 * module itself can't unload, so the callback pointers are
4204 	 * stable.
4205 	 */
4206 	mutex_enter(&mip->mi_bridge_lock);
4207 	if ((mh = mip->mi_bridge_link) != NULL)
4208 		mac_bridge_ref_cb(mh, B_TRUE);
4209 	mutex_exit(&mip->mi_bridge_lock);
4210 	if (mh == NULL) {
4211 		MAC_RING_TX(mip, rh, mp, mp);
4212 	} else {
4213 		mp = mac_bridge_tx_cb(mh, rh, mp);
4214 		mac_bridge_ref_cb(mh, B_FALSE);
4215 	}
4216 
4217 	return (mp);
4218 }
4219 
4220 /*
4221  * Find a ring from its index.
4222  */
4223 mac_ring_handle_t
4224 mac_find_ring(mac_group_handle_t gh, int index)
4225 {
4226 	mac_group_t *group = (mac_group_t *)gh;
4227 	mac_ring_t *ring = group->mrg_rings;
4228 
4229 	for (ring = group->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next)
4230 		if (ring->mr_index == index)
4231 			break;
4232 
4233 	return ((mac_ring_handle_t)ring);
4234 }
4235 /*
4236  * Add a ring to an existing group.
4237  *
4238  * The ring must be either passed directly (for example if the ring
4239  * movement is initiated by the framework), or specified through a driver
4240  * index (for example when the ring is added by the driver.
4241  *
4242  * The caller needs to call mac_perim_enter() before calling this function.
4243  */
4244 int
4245 i_mac_group_add_ring(mac_group_t *group, mac_ring_t *ring, int index)
4246 {
4247 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)group->mrg_mh;
4248 	mac_capab_rings_t *cap_rings;
4249 	boolean_t driver_call = (ring == NULL);
4250 	mac_group_type_t group_type;
4251 	int ret = 0;
4252 	flow_entry_t *flent;
4253 
4254 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
4255 
4256 	switch (group->mrg_type) {
4257 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX:
4258 		cap_rings = &mip->mi_rx_rings_cap;
4259 		group_type = mip->mi_rx_group_type;
4260 		break;
4261 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX:
4262 		cap_rings = &mip->mi_tx_rings_cap;
4263 		group_type = mip->mi_tx_group_type;
4264 		break;
4265 	default:
4266 		ASSERT(B_FALSE);
4267 	}
4268 
4269 	/*
4270 	 * There should be no ring with the same ring index in the target
4271 	 * group.
4272 	 */
4273 	ASSERT(mac_find_ring((mac_group_handle_t)group,
4274 	    driver_call ? index : ring->mr_index) == NULL);
4275 
4276 	if (driver_call) {
4277 		/*
4278 		 * The function is called as a result of a request from
4279 		 * a driver to add a ring to an existing group, for example
4280 		 * from the aggregation driver. Allocate a new mac_ring_t
4281 		 * for that ring.
4282 		 */
4283 		ring = mac_init_ring(mip, group, index, cap_rings);
4284 		ASSERT(group->mrg_state > MAC_GROUP_STATE_UNINIT);
4285 	} else {
4286 		/*
4287 		 * The function is called as a result of a MAC layer request
4288 		 * to add a ring to an existing group. In this case the
4289 		 * ring is being moved between groups, which requires
4290 		 * the underlying driver to support dynamic grouping,
4291 		 * and the mac_ring_t already exists.
4292 		 */
4293 		ASSERT(group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC);
4294 		ASSERT(group->mrg_driver == NULL ||
4295 		    cap_rings->mr_gaddring != NULL);
4296 		ASSERT(ring->mr_gh == NULL);
4297 	}
4298 
4299 	/*
4300 	 * At this point the ring should not be in use, and it should be
4301 	 * of the right for the target group.
4302 	 */
4303 	ASSERT(ring->mr_state < MR_INUSE);
4304 	ASSERT(ring->mr_srs == NULL);
4305 	ASSERT(ring->mr_type == group->mrg_type);
4306 
4307 	if (!driver_call) {
4308 		/*
4309 		 * Add the driver level hardware ring if the process was not
4310 		 * initiated by the driver, and the target group is not the
4311 		 * group.
4312 		 */
4313 		if (group->mrg_driver != NULL) {
4314 			cap_rings->mr_gaddring(group->mrg_driver,
4315 			    ring->mr_driver, ring->mr_type);
4316 		}
4317 
4318 		/*
4319 		 * Insert the ring ahead existing rings.
4320 		 */
4321 		ring->mr_next = group->mrg_rings;
4322 		group->mrg_rings = ring;
4323 		ring->mr_gh = (mac_group_handle_t)group;
4324 		group->mrg_cur_count++;
4325 	}
4326 
4327 	/*
4328 	 * If the group has not been actively used, we're done.
4329 	 */
4330 	if (group->mrg_index != -1 &&
4331 	    group->mrg_state < MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED)
4332 		return (0);
4333 
4334 	/*
4335 	 * Start the ring if needed. Failure causes to undo the grouping action.
4336 	 */
4337 	if (ring->mr_state != MR_INUSE) {
4338 		if ((ret = mac_start_ring(ring)) != 0) {
4339 			if (!driver_call) {
4340 				cap_rings->mr_gremring(group->mrg_driver,
4341 				    ring->mr_driver, ring->mr_type);
4342 			}
4343 			group->mrg_cur_count--;
4344 			group->mrg_rings = ring->mr_next;
4345 
4346 			ring->mr_gh = NULL;
4347 
4348 			if (driver_call)
4349 				mac_ring_free(mip, ring);
4350 
4351 			return (ret);
4352 		}
4353 	}
4354 
4355 	/*
4356 	 * Set up SRS/SR according to the ring type.
4357 	 */
4358 	switch (ring->mr_type) {
4359 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX:
4360 		/*
4361 		 * Setup SRS on top of the new ring if the group is
4362 		 * reserved for someones exclusive use.
4363 		 */
4364 		if (group->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) {
4365 			mac_client_impl_t *mcip;
4366 
4367 			mcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(group);
4368 			/*
4369 			 * Even though this group is reserved we migth still
4370 			 * have multiple clients, i.e a VLAN shares the
4371 			 * group with the primary mac client.
4372 			 */
4373 			if (mcip != NULL) {
4374 				flent = mcip->mci_flent;
4375 				ASSERT(flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt > 0);
4376 				mac_rx_srs_group_setup(mcip, flent, SRST_LINK);
4377 				mac_fanout_setup(mcip, flent,
4378 				    MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip), mac_rx_deliver,
4379 				    mcip, NULL, NULL);
4380 			} else {
4381 				ring->mr_classify_type = MAC_SW_CLASSIFIER;
4382 			}
4383 		}
4384 		break;
4385 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX:
4386 	{
4387 		mac_grp_client_t	*mgcp = group->mrg_clients;
4388 		mac_client_impl_t	*mcip;
4389 		mac_soft_ring_set_t	*mac_srs;
4390 		mac_srs_tx_t		*tx;
4391 
4392 		if (MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(group)) {
4393 			if (ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE)
4394 				mac_stop_ring(ring);
4395 			ring->mr_flag = 0;
4396 			break;
4397 		}
4398 		/*
4399 		 * If the rings are being moved to a group that has
4400 		 * clients using it, then add the new rings to the
4401 		 * clients SRS.
4402 		 */
4403 		while (mgcp != NULL) {
4404 			boolean_t	is_aggr;
4405 
4406 			mcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
4407 			flent = mcip->mci_flent;
4408 			is_aggr = (mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_IS_AGGR);
4409 			mac_srs = MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip);
4410 			tx = &mac_srs->srs_tx;
4411 			mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
4412 			/*
4413 			 * If we are  growing from 1 to multiple rings.
4414 			 */
4415 			if (tx->st_mode == SRS_TX_BW ||
4416 			    tx->st_mode == SRS_TX_SERIALIZE ||
4417 			    tx->st_mode == SRS_TX_DEFAULT) {
4418 				mac_ring_t	*tx_ring = tx->st_arg2;
4419 
4420 				tx->st_arg2 = NULL;
4421 				mac_tx_srs_stat_recreate(mac_srs, B_TRUE);
4422 				mac_tx_srs_add_ring(mac_srs, tx_ring);
4423 				if (mac_srs->srs_type & SRST_BW_CONTROL) {
4424 					tx->st_mode = is_aggr ? SRS_TX_BW_AGGR :
4425 					    SRS_TX_BW_FANOUT;
4426 				} else {
4427 					tx->st_mode = is_aggr ? SRS_TX_AGGR :
4428 					    SRS_TX_FANOUT;
4429 				}
4430 				tx->st_func = mac_tx_get_func(tx->st_mode);
4431 			}
4432 			mac_tx_srs_add_ring(mac_srs, ring);
4433 			mac_fanout_setup(mcip, flent, MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip),
4434 			    mac_rx_deliver, mcip, NULL, NULL);
4435 			mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
4436 			mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next;
4437 		}
4438 		break;
4439 	}
4440 	default:
4441 		ASSERT(B_FALSE);
4442 	}
4443 	/*
4444 	 * For aggr, the default ring will be NULL to begin with. If it
4445 	 * is NULL, then pick the first ring that gets added as the
4446 	 * default ring. Any ring in an aggregation can be removed at
4447 	 * any time (by the user action of removing a link) and if the
4448 	 * current default ring gets removed, then a new one gets
4449 	 * picked (see i_mac_group_rem_ring()).
4450 	 */
4451 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_AGGR &&
4452 	    mip->mi_default_tx_ring == NULL &&
4453 	    ring->mr_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX) {
4454 		mip->mi_default_tx_ring = (mac_ring_handle_t)ring;
4455 	}
4456 
4457 	MAC_RING_UNMARK(ring, MR_INCIPIENT);
4458 	return (0);
4459 }
4460 
4461 /*
4462  * Remove a ring from it's current group. MAC internal function for dynamic
4463  * grouping.
4464  *
4465  * The caller needs to call mac_perim_enter() before calling this function.
4466  */
4467 void
4468 i_mac_group_rem_ring(mac_group_t *group, mac_ring_t *ring,
4469     boolean_t driver_call)
4470 {
4471 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)group->mrg_mh;
4472 	mac_capab_rings_t *cap_rings = NULL;
4473 	mac_group_type_t group_type;
4474 
4475 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
4476 
4477 	ASSERT(mac_find_ring((mac_group_handle_t)group,
4478 	    ring->mr_index) == (mac_ring_handle_t)ring);
4479 	ASSERT((mac_group_t *)ring->mr_gh == group);
4480 	ASSERT(ring->mr_type == group->mrg_type);
4481 
4482 	if (ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE)
4483 		mac_stop_ring(ring);
4484 	switch (ring->mr_type) {
4485 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX:
4486 		group_type = mip->mi_rx_group_type;
4487 		cap_rings = &mip->mi_rx_rings_cap;
4488 
4489 		/*
4490 		 * Only hardware classified packets hold a reference to the
4491 		 * ring all the way up the Rx path. mac_rx_srs_remove()
4492 		 * will take care of quiescing the Rx path and removing the
4493 		 * SRS. The software classified path neither holds a reference
4494 		 * nor any association with the ring in mac_rx.
4495 		 */
4496 		if (ring->mr_srs != NULL) {
4497 			mac_rx_srs_remove(ring->mr_srs);
4498 			ring->mr_srs = NULL;
4499 		}
4500 
4501 		break;
4502 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX:
4503 	{
4504 		mac_grp_client_t	*mgcp;
4505 		mac_client_impl_t	*mcip;
4506 		mac_soft_ring_set_t	*mac_srs;
4507 		mac_srs_tx_t		*tx;
4508 		mac_ring_t		*rem_ring;
4509 		mac_group_t		*defgrp;
4510 		uint_t			ring_info = 0;
4511 
4512 		/*
4513 		 * For TX this function is invoked in three
4514 		 * cases:
4515 		 *
4516 		 * 1) In the case of a failure during the
4517 		 * initial creation of a group when a share is
4518 		 * associated with a MAC client. So the SRS is not
4519 		 * yet setup, and will be setup later after the
4520 		 * group has been reserved and populated.
4521 		 *
4522 		 * 2) From mac_release_tx_group() when freeing
4523 		 * a TX SRS.
4524 		 *
4525 		 * 3) In the case of aggr, when a port gets removed,
4526 		 * the pseudo Tx rings that it exposed gets removed.
4527 		 *
4528 		 * In the first two cases the SRS and its soft
4529 		 * rings are already quiesced.
4530 		 */
4531 		if (driver_call) {
4532 			mac_client_impl_t *mcip;
4533 			mac_soft_ring_set_t *mac_srs;
4534 			mac_soft_ring_t *sringp;
4535 			mac_srs_tx_t *srs_tx;
4536 
4537 			if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_AGGR &&
4538 			    mip->mi_default_tx_ring ==
4539 			    (mac_ring_handle_t)ring) {
4540 				/* pick a new default Tx ring */
4541 				mip->mi_default_tx_ring =
4542 				    (group->mrg_rings != ring) ?
4543 				    (mac_ring_handle_t)group->mrg_rings :
4544 				    (mac_ring_handle_t)(ring->mr_next);
4545 			}
4546 			/* Presently only aggr case comes here */
4547 			if (group->mrg_state != MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED)
4548 				break;
4549 
4550 			mcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(group);
4551 			ASSERT(mcip != NULL);
4552 			ASSERT(mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_IS_AGGR);
4553 			mac_srs = MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip);
4554 			ASSERT(mac_srs->srs_tx.st_mode == SRS_TX_AGGR ||
4555 			    mac_srs->srs_tx.st_mode == SRS_TX_BW_AGGR);
4556 			srs_tx = &mac_srs->srs_tx;
4557 			/*
4558 			 * Wakeup any callers blocked on this
4559 			 * Tx ring due to flow control.
4560 			 */
4561 			sringp = srs_tx->st_soft_rings[ring->mr_index];
4562 			ASSERT(sringp != NULL);
4563 			mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(mcip, (mac_tx_cookie_t)sringp);
4564 			mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
4565 			mac_tx_srs_del_ring(mac_srs, ring);
4566 			mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
4567 			break;
4568 		}
4569 		ASSERT(ring != (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring);
4570 		group_type = mip->mi_tx_group_type;
4571 		cap_rings = &mip->mi_tx_rings_cap;
4572 		/*
4573 		 * See if we need to take it out of the MAC clients using
4574 		 * this group
4575 		 */
4576 		if (MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(group))
4577 			break;
4578 		mgcp = group->mrg_clients;
4579 		defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip);
4580 		while (mgcp != NULL) {
4581 			mcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
4582 			mac_srs = MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip);
4583 			tx = &mac_srs->srs_tx;
4584 			mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
4585 			/*
4586 			 * If we are here when removing rings from the
4587 			 * defgroup, mac_reserve_tx_ring would have
4588 			 * already deleted the ring from the MAC
4589 			 * clients in the group.
4590 			 */
4591 			if (group != defgrp) {
4592 				mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(mcip,
4593 				    (mac_tx_cookie_t)
4594 				    mac_tx_srs_get_soft_ring(mac_srs, ring));
4595 				mac_tx_srs_del_ring(mac_srs, ring);
4596 			}
4597 			/*
4598 			 * Additionally, if  we are left with only
4599 			 * one ring in the group after this, we need
4600 			 * to modify the mode etc. to. (We haven't
4601 			 * yet taken the ring out, so we check with 2).
4602 			 */
4603 			if (group->mrg_cur_count == 2) {
4604 				if (ring->mr_next == NULL)
4605 					rem_ring = group->mrg_rings;
4606 				else
4607 					rem_ring = ring->mr_next;
4608 				mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(mcip,
4609 				    (mac_tx_cookie_t)
4610 				    mac_tx_srs_get_soft_ring(mac_srs,
4611 				    rem_ring));
4612 				mac_tx_srs_del_ring(mac_srs, rem_ring);
4613 				if (rem_ring->mr_state != MR_INUSE) {
4614 					(void) mac_start_ring(rem_ring);
4615 				}
4616 				tx->st_arg2 = (void *)rem_ring;
4617 				mac_tx_srs_stat_recreate(mac_srs, B_FALSE);
4618 				ring_info = mac_hwring_getinfo(
4619 				    (mac_ring_handle_t)rem_ring);
4620 				/*
4621 				 * We are  shrinking from multiple
4622 				 * to 1 ring.
4623 				 */
4624 				if (mac_srs->srs_type & SRST_BW_CONTROL) {
4625 					tx->st_mode = SRS_TX_BW;
4626 				} else if (mac_tx_serialize ||
4627 				    (ring_info & MAC_RING_TX_SERIALIZE)) {
4628 					tx->st_mode = SRS_TX_SERIALIZE;
4629 				} else {
4630 					tx->st_mode = SRS_TX_DEFAULT;
4631 				}
4632 				tx->st_func = mac_tx_get_func(tx->st_mode);
4633 			}
4634 			mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
4635 			mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next;
4636 		}
4637 		break;
4638 	}
4639 	default:
4640 		ASSERT(B_FALSE);
4641 	}
4642 
4643 	/*
4644 	 * Remove the ring from the group.
4645 	 */
4646 	if (ring == group->mrg_rings)
4647 		group->mrg_rings = ring->mr_next;
4648 	else {
4649 		mac_ring_t *pre;
4650 
4651 		pre = group->mrg_rings;
4652 		while (pre->mr_next != ring)
4653 			pre = pre->mr_next;
4654 		pre->mr_next = ring->mr_next;
4655 	}
4656 	group->mrg_cur_count--;
4657 
4658 	if (!driver_call) {
4659 		ASSERT(group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC);
4660 		ASSERT(group->mrg_driver == NULL ||
4661 		    cap_rings->mr_gremring != NULL);
4662 
4663 		/*
4664 		 * Remove the driver level hardware ring.
4665 		 */
4666 		if (group->mrg_driver != NULL) {
4667 			cap_rings->mr_gremring(group->mrg_driver,
4668 			    ring->mr_driver, ring->mr_type);
4669 		}
4670 	}
4671 
4672 	ring->mr_gh = NULL;
4673 	if (driver_call)
4674 		mac_ring_free(mip, ring);
4675 	else
4676 		ring->mr_flag = 0;
4677 }
4678 
4679 /*
4680  * Move a ring to the target group. If needed, remove the ring from the group
4681  * that it currently belongs to.
4682  *
4683  * The caller need to enter MAC's perimeter by calling mac_perim_enter().
4684  */
4685 static int
4686 mac_group_mov_ring(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_group_t *d_group, mac_ring_t *ring)
4687 {
4688 	mac_group_t *s_group = (mac_group_t *)ring->mr_gh;
4689 	int rv;
4690 
4691 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
4692 	ASSERT(d_group != NULL);
4693 	ASSERT(s_group->mrg_mh == d_group->mrg_mh);
4694 
4695 	if (s_group == d_group)
4696 		return (0);
4697 
4698 	/*
4699 	 * Remove it from current group first.
4700 	 */
4701 	if (s_group != NULL)
4702 		i_mac_group_rem_ring(s_group, ring, B_FALSE);
4703 
4704 	/*
4705 	 * Add it to the new group.
4706 	 */
4707 	rv = i_mac_group_add_ring(d_group, ring, 0);
4708 	if (rv != 0) {
4709 		/*
4710 		 * Failed to add ring back to source group. If
4711 		 * that fails, the ring is stuck in limbo, log message.
4712 		 */
4713 		if (i_mac_group_add_ring(s_group, ring, 0)) {
4714 			cmn_err(CE_WARN, "%s: failed to move ring %p\n",
4715 			    mip->mi_name, (void *)ring);
4716 		}
4717 	}
4718 
4719 	return (rv);
4720 }
4721 
4722 /*
4723  * Find a MAC address according to its value.
4724  */
4725 mac_address_t *
4726 mac_find_macaddr(mac_impl_t *mip, uint8_t *mac_addr)
4727 {
4728 	mac_address_t *map;
4729 
4730 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
4731 
4732 	for (map = mip->mi_addresses; map != NULL; map = map->ma_next) {
4733 		if (bcmp(mac_addr, map->ma_addr, map->ma_len) == 0)
4734 			break;
4735 	}
4736 
4737 	return (map);
4738 }
4739 
4740 /*
4741  * Check whether the MAC address is shared by multiple clients.
4742  */
4743 boolean_t
4744 mac_check_macaddr_shared(mac_address_t *map)
4745 {
4746 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)map->ma_mip));
4747 
4748 	return (map->ma_nusers > 1);
4749 }
4750 
4751 /*
4752  * Remove the specified MAC address from the MAC address list and free it.
4753  */
4754 static void
4755 mac_free_macaddr(mac_address_t *map)
4756 {
4757 	mac_impl_t *mip = map->ma_mip;
4758 
4759 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
4760 	ASSERT(mip->mi_addresses != NULL);
4761 
4762 	map = mac_find_macaddr(mip, map->ma_addr);
4763 
4764 	ASSERT(map != NULL);
4765 	ASSERT(map->ma_nusers == 0);
4766 
4767 	if (map == mip->mi_addresses) {
4768 		mip->mi_addresses = map->ma_next;
4769 	} else {
4770 		mac_address_t *pre;
4771 
4772 		pre = mip->mi_addresses;
4773 		while (pre->ma_next != map)
4774 			pre = pre->ma_next;
4775 		pre->ma_next = map->ma_next;
4776 	}
4777 
4778 	kmem_free(map, sizeof (mac_address_t));
4779 }
4780 
4781 /*
4782  * Add a MAC address reference for a client. If the desired MAC address
4783  * exists, add a reference to it. Otherwise, add the new address by adding
4784  * it to a reserved group or setting promiscuous mode. Won't try different
4785  * group is the group is non-NULL, so the caller must explictly share
4786  * default group when needed.
4787  *
4788  * Note, the primary MAC address is initialized at registration time, so
4789  * to add it to default group only need to activate it if its reference
4790  * count is still zero. Also, some drivers may not have advertised RINGS
4791  * capability.
4792  */
4793 int
4794 mac_add_macaddr(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_group_t *group, uint8_t *mac_addr,
4795     boolean_t use_hw)
4796 {
4797 	mac_address_t *map;
4798 	int err = 0;
4799 	boolean_t allocated_map = B_FALSE;
4800 
4801 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
4802 
4803 	map = mac_find_macaddr(mip, mac_addr);
4804 
4805 	/*
4806 	 * If the new MAC address has not been added. Allocate a new one
4807 	 * and set it up.
4808 	 */
4809 	if (map == NULL) {
4810 		map = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_address_t), KM_SLEEP);
4811 		map->ma_len = mip->mi_type->mt_addr_length;
4812 		bcopy(mac_addr, map->ma_addr, map->ma_len);
4813 		map->ma_nusers = 0;
4814 		map->ma_group = group;
4815 		map->ma_mip = mip;
4816 
4817 		/* add the new MAC address to the head of the address list */
4818 		map->ma_next = mip->mi_addresses;
4819 		mip->mi_addresses = map;
4820 
4821 		allocated_map = B_TRUE;
4822 	}
4823 
4824 	ASSERT(map->ma_group == NULL || map->ma_group == group);
4825 	if (map->ma_group == NULL)
4826 		map->ma_group = group;
4827 
4828 	/*
4829 	 * If the MAC address is already in use, simply account for the
4830 	 * new client.
4831 	 */
4832 	if (map->ma_nusers++ > 0)
4833 		return (0);
4834 
4835 	/*
4836 	 * Activate this MAC address by adding it to the reserved group.
4837 	 */
4838 	if (group != NULL) {
4839 		err = mac_group_addmac(group, (const uint8_t *)mac_addr);
4840 		if (err == 0) {
4841 			map->ma_type = MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_CLASSIFIED;
4842 			return (0);
4843 		}
4844 	}
4845 
4846 	/*
4847 	 * The MAC address addition failed. If the client requires a
4848 	 * hardware classified MAC address, fail the operation.
4849 	 */
4850 	if (use_hw) {
4851 		err = ENOSPC;
4852 		goto bail;
4853 	}
4854 
4855 	/*
4856 	 * Try promiscuous mode.
4857 	 *
4858 	 * For drivers that don't advertise RINGS capability, do
4859 	 * nothing for the primary address.
4860 	 */
4861 	if ((group == NULL) &&
4862 	    (bcmp(map->ma_addr, mip->mi_addr, map->ma_len) == 0)) {
4863 		map->ma_type = MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_CLASSIFIED;
4864 		return (0);
4865 	}
4866 
4867 	/*
4868 	 * Enable promiscuous mode in order to receive traffic
4869 	 * to the new MAC address.
4870 	 */
4871 	if ((err = i_mac_promisc_set(mip, B_TRUE)) == 0) {
4872 		map->ma_type = MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_PROMISC;
4873 		return (0);
4874 	}
4875 
4876 	/*
4877 	 * Free the MAC address that could not be added. Don't free
4878 	 * a pre-existing address, it could have been the entry
4879 	 * for the primary MAC address which was pre-allocated by
4880 	 * mac_init_macaddr(), and which must remain on the list.
4881 	 */
4882 bail:
4883 	map->ma_nusers--;
4884 	if (allocated_map)
4885 		mac_free_macaddr(map);
4886 	return (err);
4887 }
4888 
4889 /*
4890  * Remove a reference to a MAC address. This may cause to remove the MAC
4891  * address from an associated group or to turn off promiscuous mode.
4892  * The caller needs to handle the failure properly.
4893  */
4894 int
4895 mac_remove_macaddr(mac_address_t *map)
4896 {
4897 	mac_impl_t *mip = map->ma_mip;
4898 	int err = 0;
4899 
4900 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
4901 
4902 	ASSERT(map == mac_find_macaddr(mip, map->ma_addr));
4903 
4904 	/*
4905 	 * If it's not the last client using this MAC address, only update
4906 	 * the MAC clients count.
4907 	 */
4908 	if (--map->ma_nusers > 0)
4909 		return (0);
4910 
4911 	/*
4912 	 * The MAC address is no longer used by any MAC client, so remove
4913 	 * it from its associated group, or turn off promiscuous mode
4914 	 * if it was enabled for the MAC address.
4915 	 */
4916 	switch (map->ma_type) {
4917 	case MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_CLASSIFIED:
4918 		/*
4919 		 * Don't free the preset primary address for drivers that
4920 		 * don't advertise RINGS capability.
4921 		 */
4922 		if (map->ma_group == NULL)
4923 			return (0);
4924 
4925 		err = mac_group_remmac(map->ma_group, map->ma_addr);
4926 		if (err == 0)
4927 			map->ma_group = NULL;
4928 		break;
4929 	case MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_PROMISC:
4930 		err = i_mac_promisc_set(mip, B_FALSE);
4931 		break;
4932 	default:
4933 		ASSERT(B_FALSE);
4934 	}
4935 
4936 	if (err != 0)
4937 		return (err);
4938 
4939 	/*
4940 	 * We created MAC address for the primary one at registration, so we
4941 	 * won't free it here. mac_fini_macaddr() will take care of it.
4942 	 */
4943 	if (bcmp(map->ma_addr, mip->mi_addr, map->ma_len) != 0)
4944 		mac_free_macaddr(map);
4945 
4946 	return (0);
4947 }
4948 
4949 /*
4950  * Update an existing MAC address. The caller need to make sure that the new
4951  * value has not been used.
4952  */
4953 int
4954 mac_update_macaddr(mac_address_t *map, uint8_t *mac_addr)
4955 {
4956 	mac_impl_t *mip = map->ma_mip;
4957 	int err = 0;
4958 
4959 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
4960 	ASSERT(mac_find_macaddr(mip, mac_addr) == NULL);
4961 
4962 	switch (map->ma_type) {
4963 	case MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_CLASSIFIED:
4964 		/*
4965 		 * Update the primary address for drivers that are not
4966 		 * RINGS capable.
4967 		 */
4968 		if (mip->mi_rx_groups == NULL) {
4969 			err = mip->mi_unicst(mip->mi_driver, (const uint8_t *)
4970 			    mac_addr);
4971 			if (err != 0)
4972 				return (err);
4973 			break;
4974 		}
4975 
4976 		/*
4977 		 * If this MAC address is not currently in use,
4978 		 * simply break out and update the value.
4979 		 */
4980 		if (map->ma_nusers == 0)
4981 			break;
4982 
4983 		/*
4984 		 * Need to replace the MAC address associated with a group.
4985 		 */
4986 		err = mac_group_remmac(map->ma_group, map->ma_addr);
4987 		if (err != 0)
4988 			return (err);
4989 
4990 		err = mac_group_addmac(map->ma_group, mac_addr);
4991 
4992 		/*
4993 		 * Failure hints hardware error. The MAC layer needs to
4994 		 * have error notification facility to handle this.
4995 		 * Now, simply try to restore the value.
4996 		 */
4997 		if (err != 0)
4998 			(void) mac_group_addmac(map->ma_group, map->ma_addr);
4999 
5000 		break;
5001 	case MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_PROMISC:
5002 		/*
5003 		 * Need to do nothing more if in promiscuous mode.
5004 		 */
5005 		break;
5006 	default:
5007 		ASSERT(B_FALSE);
5008 	}
5009 
5010 	/*
5011 	 * Successfully replaced the MAC address.
5012 	 */
5013 	if (err == 0)
5014 		bcopy(mac_addr, map->ma_addr, map->ma_len);
5015 
5016 	return (err);
5017 }
5018 
5019 /*
5020  * Freshen the MAC address with new value. Its caller must have updated the
5021  * hardware MAC address before calling this function.
5022  * This funcitons is supposed to be used to handle the MAC address change
5023  * notification from underlying drivers.
5024  */
5025 void
5026 mac_freshen_macaddr(mac_address_t *map, uint8_t *mac_addr)
5027 {
5028 	mac_impl_t *mip = map->ma_mip;
5029 
5030 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
5031 	ASSERT(mac_find_macaddr(mip, mac_addr) == NULL);
5032 
5033 	/*
5034 	 * Freshen the MAC address with new value.
5035 	 */
5036 	bcopy(mac_addr, map->ma_addr, map->ma_len);
5037 	bcopy(mac_addr, mip->mi_addr, map->ma_len);
5038 
5039 	/*
5040 	 * Update all MAC clients that share this MAC address.
5041 	 */
5042 	mac_unicast_update_clients(mip, map);
5043 }
5044 
5045 /*
5046  * Set up the primary MAC address.
5047  */
5048 void
5049 mac_init_macaddr(mac_impl_t *mip)
5050 {
5051 	mac_address_t *map;
5052 
5053 	/*
5054 	 * The reference count is initialized to zero, until it's really
5055 	 * activated.
5056 	 */
5057 	map = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_address_t), KM_SLEEP);
5058 	map->ma_len = mip->mi_type->mt_addr_length;
5059 	bcopy(mip->mi_addr, map->ma_addr, map->ma_len);
5060 
5061 	/*
5062 	 * If driver advertises RINGS capability, it shouldn't have initialized
5063 	 * its primary MAC address. For other drivers, including VNIC, the
5064 	 * primary address must work after registration.
5065 	 */
5066 	if (mip->mi_rx_groups == NULL)
5067 		map->ma_type = MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_CLASSIFIED;
5068 
5069 	map->ma_mip = mip;
5070 
5071 	mip->mi_addresses = map;
5072 }
5073 
5074 /*
5075  * Clean up the primary MAC address. Note, only one primary MAC address
5076  * is allowed. All other MAC addresses must have been freed appropriately.
5077  */
5078 void
5079 mac_fini_macaddr(mac_impl_t *mip)
5080 {
5081 	mac_address_t *map = mip->mi_addresses;
5082 
5083 	if (map == NULL)
5084 		return;
5085 
5086 	/*
5087 	 * If mi_addresses is initialized, there should be exactly one
5088 	 * entry left on the list with no users.
5089 	 */
5090 	ASSERT(map->ma_nusers == 0);
5091 	ASSERT(map->ma_next == NULL);
5092 
5093 	kmem_free(map, sizeof (mac_address_t));
5094 	mip->mi_addresses = NULL;
5095 }
5096 
5097 /*
5098  * Logging related functions.
5099  *
5100  * Note that Kernel statistics have been extended to maintain fine
5101  * granularity of statistics viz. hardware lane, software lane, fanout
5102  * stats etc. However, extended accounting continues to support only
5103  * aggregate statistics like before.
5104  */
5105 
5106 /* Write the Flow description to the log file */
5107 int
5108 mac_write_flow_desc(flow_entry_t *flent, mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
5109 {
5110 	flow_desc_t		*fdesc;
5111 	mac_resource_props_t	*mrp;
5112 	net_desc_t		ndesc;
5113 
5114 	bzero(&ndesc, sizeof (net_desc_t));
5115 
5116 	/*
5117 	 * Grab the fe_lock to see a self-consistent fe_flow_desc.
5118 	 * Updates to the fe_flow_desc are done under the fe_lock
5119 	 */
5120 	mutex_enter(&flent->fe_lock);
5121 	fdesc = &flent->fe_flow_desc;
5122 	mrp = &flent->fe_resource_props;
5123 
5124 	ndesc.nd_name = flent->fe_flow_name;
5125 	ndesc.nd_devname = mcip->mci_name;
5126 	bcopy(fdesc->fd_src_mac, ndesc.nd_ehost, ETHERADDRL);
5127 	bcopy(fdesc->fd_dst_mac, ndesc.nd_edest, ETHERADDRL);
5128 	ndesc.nd_sap = htonl(fdesc->fd_sap);
5129 	ndesc.nd_isv4 = (uint8_t)fdesc->fd_ipversion == IPV4_VERSION;
5130 	ndesc.nd_bw_limit = mrp->mrp_maxbw;
5131 	if (ndesc.nd_isv4) {
5132 		ndesc.nd_saddr[3] = htonl(fdesc->fd_local_addr.s6_addr32[3]);
5133 		ndesc.nd_daddr[3] = htonl(fdesc->fd_remote_addr.s6_addr32[3]);
5134 	} else {
5135 		bcopy(&fdesc->fd_local_addr, ndesc.nd_saddr, IPV6_ADDR_LEN);
5136 		bcopy(&fdesc->fd_remote_addr, ndesc.nd_daddr, IPV6_ADDR_LEN);
5137 	}
5138 	ndesc.nd_sport = htons(fdesc->fd_local_port);
5139 	ndesc.nd_dport = htons(fdesc->fd_remote_port);
5140 	ndesc.nd_protocol = (uint8_t)fdesc->fd_protocol;
5141 	mutex_exit(&flent->fe_lock);
5142 
5143 	return (exacct_commit_netinfo((void *)&ndesc, EX_NET_FLDESC_REC));
5144 }
5145 
5146 /* Write the Flow statistics to the log file */
5147 int
5148 mac_write_flow_stats(flow_entry_t *flent)
5149 {
5150 	net_stat_t		nstat;
5151 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*mac_srs;
5152 	mac_rx_stats_t		*mac_rx_stat;
5153 	mac_tx_stats_t		*mac_tx_stat;
5154 	int			i;
5155 
5156 	bzero(&nstat, sizeof (net_stat_t));
5157 	nstat.ns_name = flent->fe_flow_name;
5158 	for (i = 0; i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; i++) {
5159 		mac_srs = (mac_soft_ring_set_t *)flent->fe_rx_srs[i];
5160 		mac_rx_stat = &mac_srs->srs_rx.sr_stat;
5161 
5162 		nstat.ns_ibytes += mac_rx_stat->mrs_intrbytes +
5163 		    mac_rx_stat->mrs_pollbytes + mac_rx_stat->mrs_lclbytes;
5164 		nstat.ns_ipackets += mac_rx_stat->mrs_intrcnt +
5165 		    mac_rx_stat->mrs_pollcnt + mac_rx_stat->mrs_lclcnt;
5166 		nstat.ns_oerrors += mac_rx_stat->mrs_ierrors;
5167 	}
5168 
5169 	mac_srs = (mac_soft_ring_set_t *)(flent->fe_tx_srs);
5170 	if (mac_srs != NULL) {
5171 		mac_tx_stat = &mac_srs->srs_tx.st_stat;
5172 
5173 		nstat.ns_obytes = mac_tx_stat->mts_obytes;
5174 		nstat.ns_opackets = mac_tx_stat->mts_opackets;
5175 		nstat.ns_oerrors = mac_tx_stat->mts_oerrors;
5176 	}
5177 	return (exacct_commit_netinfo((void *)&nstat, EX_NET_FLSTAT_REC));
5178 }
5179 
5180 /* Write the Link Description to the log file */
5181 int
5182 mac_write_link_desc(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
5183 {
5184 	net_desc_t		ndesc;
5185 	flow_entry_t		*flent = mcip->mci_flent;
5186 
5187 	bzero(&ndesc, sizeof (net_desc_t));
5188 
5189 	ndesc.nd_name = mcip->mci_name;
5190 	ndesc.nd_devname = mcip->mci_name;
5191 	ndesc.nd_isv4 = B_TRUE;
5192 	/*
5193 	 * Grab the fe_lock to see a self-consistent fe_flow_desc.
5194 	 * Updates to the fe_flow_desc are done under the fe_lock
5195 	 * after removing the flent from the flow table.
5196 	 */
5197 	mutex_enter(&flent->fe_lock);
5198 	bcopy(flent->fe_flow_desc.fd_src_mac, ndesc.nd_ehost, ETHERADDRL);
5199 	mutex_exit(&flent->fe_lock);
5200 
5201 	return (exacct_commit_netinfo((void *)&ndesc, EX_NET_LNDESC_REC));
5202 }
5203 
5204 /* Write the Link statistics to the log file */
5205 int
5206 mac_write_link_stats(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
5207 {
5208 	net_stat_t		nstat;
5209 	flow_entry_t		*flent;
5210 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*mac_srs;
5211 	mac_rx_stats_t		*mac_rx_stat;
5212 	mac_tx_stats_t		*mac_tx_stat;
5213 	int			i;
5214 
5215 	bzero(&nstat, sizeof (net_stat_t));
5216 	nstat.ns_name = mcip->mci_name;
5217 	flent = mcip->mci_flent;
5218 	if (flent != NULL)  {
5219 		for (i = 0; i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; i++) {
5220 			mac_srs = (mac_soft_ring_set_t *)flent->fe_rx_srs[i];
5221 			mac_rx_stat = &mac_srs->srs_rx.sr_stat;
5222 
5223 			nstat.ns_ibytes += mac_rx_stat->mrs_intrbytes +
5224 			    mac_rx_stat->mrs_pollbytes +
5225 			    mac_rx_stat->mrs_lclbytes;
5226 			nstat.ns_ipackets += mac_rx_stat->mrs_intrcnt +
5227 			    mac_rx_stat->mrs_pollcnt + mac_rx_stat->mrs_lclcnt;
5228 			nstat.ns_oerrors += mac_rx_stat->mrs_ierrors;
5229 		}
5230 	}
5231 
5232 	mac_srs = (mac_soft_ring_set_t *)(mcip->mci_flent->fe_tx_srs);
5233 	if (mac_srs != NULL) {
5234 		mac_tx_stat = &mac_srs->srs_tx.st_stat;
5235 
5236 		nstat.ns_obytes = mac_tx_stat->mts_obytes;
5237 		nstat.ns_opackets = mac_tx_stat->mts_opackets;
5238 		nstat.ns_oerrors = mac_tx_stat->mts_oerrors;
5239 	}
5240 	return (exacct_commit_netinfo((void *)&nstat, EX_NET_LNSTAT_REC));
5241 }
5242 
5243 /*
5244  * For a given flow, if the descrition has not been logged before, do it now.
5245  * If it is a VNIC, then we have collected information about it from the MAC
5246  * table, so skip it.
5247  */
5248 /*ARGSUSED*/
5249 static int
5250 mac_log_flowinfo(flow_entry_t *flent, void *args)
5251 {
5252 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip = flent->fe_mcip;
5253 
5254 	if (mcip == NULL)
5255 		return (0);
5256 
5257 	/*
5258 	 * If the name starts with "vnic", and fe_user_generated is true (to
5259 	 * exclude the mcast and active flow entries created implicitly for
5260 	 * a vnic, it is a VNIC flow.  i.e. vnic1 is a vnic flow,
5261 	 * vnic/bge1/mcast1 is not and neither is vnic/bge1/active.
5262 	 */
5263 	if (strncasecmp(flent->fe_flow_name, "vnic", 4) == 0 &&
5264 	    (flent->fe_type & FLOW_USER) != 0) {
5265 		return (0);
5266 	}
5267 
5268 	if (!flent->fe_desc_logged) {
5269 		/*
5270 		 * We don't return error because we want to continu the
5271 		 * walk in case this is the last walk which means we
5272 		 * need to reset fe_desc_logged in all the flows.
5273 		 */
5274 		if (mac_write_flow_desc(flent, mcip) != 0)
5275 			return (0);
5276 		flent->fe_desc_logged = B_TRUE;
5277 	}
5278 
5279 	/*
5280 	 * Regardless of the error, we want to proceed in case we have to
5281 	 * reset fe_desc_logged.
5282 	 */
5283 	(void) mac_write_flow_stats(flent);
5284 
5285 	if (mcip != NULL && !(mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_DESC_LOGGED))
5286 		flent->fe_desc_logged = B_FALSE;
5287 
5288 	return (0);
5289 }
5290 
5291 typedef struct i_mac_log_state_s {
5292 	boolean_t	mi_last;
5293 	int		mi_fenable;
5294 	int		mi_lenable;
5295 } i_mac_log_state_t;
5296 
5297 /*
5298  * Walk the mac_impl_ts and log the description for each mac client of this mac,
5299  * if it hasn't already been done. Additionally, log statistics for the link as
5300  * well. Walk the flow table and log information for each flow as well.
5301  * If it is the last walk (mci_last), then we turn off mci_desc_logged (and
5302  * also fe_desc_logged, if flow logging is on) since we want to log the
5303  * description if and when logging is restarted.
5304  */
5305 /*ARGSUSED*/
5306 static uint_t
5307 i_mac_log_walker(mod_hash_key_t key, mod_hash_val_t *val, void *arg)
5308 {
5309 	mac_impl_t		*mip = (mac_impl_t *)val;
5310 	i_mac_log_state_t	*lstate = (i_mac_log_state_t *)arg;
5311 	int			ret;
5312 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip;
5313 
5314 	/*
5315 	 * Only walk the client list for NIC and etherstub
5316 	 */
5317 	if ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_DISABLED) ||
5318 	    ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) &&
5319 	    (mac_get_lower_mac_handle((mac_handle_t)mip) != NULL)))
5320 		return (MH_WALK_CONTINUE);
5321 
5322 	for (mcip = mip->mi_clients_list; mcip != NULL;
5323 	    mcip = mcip->mci_client_next) {
5324 		if (!MCIP_DATAPATH_SETUP(mcip))
5325 			continue;
5326 		if (lstate->mi_lenable) {
5327 			if (!(mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_DESC_LOGGED)) {
5328 				ret = mac_write_link_desc(mcip);
5329 				if (ret != 0) {
5330 				/*
5331 				 * We can't terminate it if this is the last
5332 				 * walk, else there might be some links with
5333 				 * mi_desc_logged set to true, which means
5334 				 * their description won't be logged the next
5335 				 * time logging is started (similarly for the
5336 				 * flows within such links). We can continue
5337 				 * without walking the flow table (i.e. to
5338 				 * set fe_desc_logged to false) because we
5339 				 * won't have written any flow stuff for this
5340 				 * link as we haven't logged the link itself.
5341 				 */
5342 					if (lstate->mi_last)
5343 						return (MH_WALK_CONTINUE);
5344 					else
5345 						return (MH_WALK_TERMINATE);
5346 				}
5347 				mcip->mci_state_flags |= MCIS_DESC_LOGGED;
5348 			}
5349 		}
5350 
5351 		if (mac_write_link_stats(mcip) != 0 && !lstate->mi_last)
5352 			return (MH_WALK_TERMINATE);
5353 
5354 		if (lstate->mi_last)
5355 			mcip->mci_state_flags &= ~MCIS_DESC_LOGGED;
5356 
5357 		if (lstate->mi_fenable) {
5358 			if (mcip->mci_subflow_tab != NULL) {
5359 				(void) mac_flow_walk(mcip->mci_subflow_tab,
5360 				    mac_log_flowinfo, mip);
5361 			}
5362 		}
5363 	}
5364 	return (MH_WALK_CONTINUE);
5365 }
5366 
5367 /*
5368  * The timer thread that runs every mac_logging_interval seconds and logs
5369  * link and/or flow information.
5370  */
5371 /* ARGSUSED */
5372 void
5373 mac_log_linkinfo(void *arg)
5374 {
5375 	i_mac_log_state_t	lstate;
5376 
5377 	rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_READER);
5378 	if (!mac_flow_log_enable && !mac_link_log_enable) {
5379 		rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
5380 		return;
5381 	}
5382 	lstate.mi_fenable = mac_flow_log_enable;
5383 	lstate.mi_lenable = mac_link_log_enable;
5384 	lstate.mi_last = B_FALSE;
5385 	rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
5386 
5387 	mod_hash_walk(i_mac_impl_hash, i_mac_log_walker, &lstate);
5388 
5389 	rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_WRITER);
5390 	if (mac_flow_log_enable || mac_link_log_enable) {
5391 		mac_logging_timer = timeout(mac_log_linkinfo, NULL,
5392 		    SEC_TO_TICK(mac_logging_interval));
5393 	}
5394 	rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
5395 }
5396 
5397 typedef struct i_mac_fastpath_state_s {
5398 	boolean_t	mf_disable;
5399 	int		mf_err;
5400 } i_mac_fastpath_state_t;
5401 
5402 /*ARGSUSED*/
5403 static uint_t
5404 i_mac_fastpath_disable_walker(mod_hash_key_t key, mod_hash_val_t *val,
5405     void *arg)
5406 {
5407 	i_mac_fastpath_state_t	*state = arg;
5408 	mac_handle_t		mh = (mac_handle_t)val;
5409 
5410 	if (state->mf_disable)
5411 		state->mf_err = mac_fastpath_disable(mh);
5412 	else
5413 		mac_fastpath_enable(mh);
5414 
5415 	return (state->mf_err == 0 ? MH_WALK_CONTINUE : MH_WALK_TERMINATE);
5416 }
5417 
5418 /*
5419  * Start the logging timer.
5420  */
5421 int
5422 mac_start_logusage(mac_logtype_t type, uint_t interval)
5423 {
5424 	i_mac_fastpath_state_t state = {B_TRUE, 0};
5425 	int err;
5426 
5427 	rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_WRITER);
5428 	switch (type) {
5429 	case MAC_LOGTYPE_FLOW:
5430 		if (mac_flow_log_enable) {
5431 			rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
5432 			return (0);
5433 		}
5434 		/* FALLTHRU */
5435 	case MAC_LOGTYPE_LINK:
5436 		if (mac_link_log_enable) {
5437 			rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
5438 			return (0);
5439 		}
5440 		break;
5441 	default:
5442 		ASSERT(0);
5443 	}
5444 
5445 	/* Disable fastpath */
5446 	mod_hash_walk(i_mac_impl_hash, i_mac_fastpath_disable_walker, &state);
5447 	if ((err = state.mf_err) != 0) {
5448 		/* Reenable fastpath  */
5449 		state.mf_disable = B_FALSE;
5450 		state.mf_err = 0;
5451 		mod_hash_walk(i_mac_impl_hash,
5452 		    i_mac_fastpath_disable_walker, &state);
5453 		rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
5454 		return (err);
5455 	}
5456 
5457 	switch (type) {
5458 	case MAC_LOGTYPE_FLOW:
5459 		mac_flow_log_enable = B_TRUE;
5460 		/* FALLTHRU */
5461 	case MAC_LOGTYPE_LINK:
5462 		mac_link_log_enable = B_TRUE;
5463 		break;
5464 	}
5465 
5466 	mac_logging_interval = interval;
5467 	rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
5468 	mac_log_linkinfo(NULL);
5469 	return (0);
5470 }
5471 
5472 /*
5473  * Stop the logging timer if both Link and Flow logging are turned off.
5474  */
5475 void
5476 mac_stop_logusage(mac_logtype_t type)
5477 {
5478 	i_mac_log_state_t	lstate;
5479 	i_mac_fastpath_state_t	state = {B_FALSE, 0};
5480 
5481 	rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_WRITER);
5482 	lstate.mi_fenable = mac_flow_log_enable;
5483 	lstate.mi_lenable = mac_link_log_enable;
5484 
5485 	/* Last walk */
5486 	lstate.mi_last = B_TRUE;
5487 
5488 	switch (type) {
5489 	case MAC_LOGTYPE_FLOW:
5490 		if (lstate.mi_fenable) {
5491 			ASSERT(mac_link_log_enable);
5492 			mac_flow_log_enable = B_FALSE;
5493 			mac_link_log_enable = B_FALSE;
5494 			break;
5495 		}
5496 		/* FALLTHRU */
5497 	case MAC_LOGTYPE_LINK:
5498 		if (!lstate.mi_lenable || mac_flow_log_enable) {
5499 			rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
5500 			return;
5501 		}
5502 		mac_link_log_enable = B_FALSE;
5503 		break;
5504 	default:
5505 		ASSERT(0);
5506 	}
5507 
5508 	/* Reenable fastpath */
5509 	mod_hash_walk(i_mac_impl_hash, i_mac_fastpath_disable_walker, &state);
5510 
5511 	rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
5512 	(void) untimeout(mac_logging_timer);
5513 	mac_logging_timer = 0;
5514 
5515 	/* Last walk */
5516 	mod_hash_walk(i_mac_impl_hash, i_mac_log_walker, &lstate);
5517 }
5518 
5519 /*
5520  * Walk the rx and tx SRS/SRs for a flow and update the priority value.
5521  */
5522 void
5523 mac_flow_update_priority(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, flow_entry_t *flent)
5524 {
5525 	pri_t			pri;
5526 	int			count;
5527 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*mac_srs;
5528 
5529 	if (flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt <= 0)
5530 		return;
5531 
5532 	if (((mac_soft_ring_set_t *)flent->fe_rx_srs[0])->srs_type ==
5533 	    SRST_FLOW) {
5534 		pri = FLOW_PRIORITY(mcip->mci_min_pri,
5535 		    mcip->mci_max_pri,
5536 		    flent->fe_resource_props.mrp_priority);
5537 	} else {
5538 		pri = mcip->mci_max_pri;
5539 	}
5540 
5541 	for (count = 0; count < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; count++) {
5542 		mac_srs = flent->fe_rx_srs[count];
5543 		mac_update_srs_priority(mac_srs, pri);
5544 	}
5545 	/*
5546 	 * If we have a Tx SRS, we need to modify all the threads associated
5547 	 * with it.
5548 	 */
5549 	if (flent->fe_tx_srs != NULL)
5550 		mac_update_srs_priority(flent->fe_tx_srs, pri);
5551 }
5552 
5553 /*
5554  * RX and TX rings are reserved according to different semantics depending
5555  * on the requests from the MAC clients and type of rings:
5556  *
5557  * On the Tx side, by default we reserve individual rings, independently from
5558  * the groups.
5559  *
5560  * On the Rx side, the reservation is at the granularity of the group
5561  * of rings, and used for v12n level 1 only. It has a special case for the
5562  * primary client.
5563  *
5564  * If a share is allocated to a MAC client, we allocate a TX group and an
5565  * RX group to the client, and assign TX rings and RX rings to these
5566  * groups according to information gathered from the driver through
5567  * the share capability.
5568  *
5569  * The foreseable evolution of Rx rings will handle v12n level 2 and higher
5570  * to allocate individual rings out of a group and program the hw classifier
5571  * based on IP address or higher level criteria.
5572  */
5573 
5574 /*
5575  * mac_reserve_tx_ring()
5576  * Reserve a unused ring by marking it with MR_INUSE state.
5577  * As reserved, the ring is ready to function.
5578  *
5579  * Notes for Hybrid I/O:
5580  *
5581  * If a specific ring is needed, it is specified through the desired_ring
5582  * argument. Otherwise that argument is set to NULL.
5583  * If the desired ring was previous allocated to another client, this
5584  * function swaps it with a new ring from the group of unassigned rings.
5585  */
5586 mac_ring_t *
5587 mac_reserve_tx_ring(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_t *desired_ring)
5588 {
5589 	mac_group_t		*group;
5590 	mac_grp_client_t	*mgcp;
5591 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip;
5592 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*srs;
5593 
5594 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
5595 
5596 	/*
5597 	 * Find an available ring and start it before changing its status.
5598 	 * The unassigned rings are at the end of the mi_tx_groups
5599 	 * array.
5600 	 */
5601 	group = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip);
5602 
5603 	/* Can't take the default ring out of the default group */
5604 	ASSERT(desired_ring != (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring);
5605 
5606 	if (desired_ring->mr_state == MR_FREE) {
5607 		ASSERT(MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(group));
5608 		if (mac_start_ring(desired_ring) != 0)
5609 			return (NULL);
5610 		return (desired_ring);
5611 	}
5612 	/*
5613 	 * There are clients using this ring, so let's move the clients
5614 	 * away from using this ring.
5615 	 */
5616 	for (mgcp = group->mrg_clients; mgcp != NULL; mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next) {
5617 		mcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
5618 		mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
5619 		srs = MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip);
5620 		ASSERT(mac_tx_srs_ring_present(srs, desired_ring));
5621 		mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(mcip,
5622 		    (mac_tx_cookie_t)mac_tx_srs_get_soft_ring(srs,
5623 		    desired_ring));
5624 		mac_tx_srs_del_ring(srs, desired_ring);
5625 		mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
5626 	}
5627 	return (desired_ring);
5628 }
5629 
5630 /*
5631  * For a reserved group with multiple clients, return the primary client.
5632  */
5633 static mac_client_impl_t *
5634 mac_get_grp_primary(mac_group_t *grp)
5635 {
5636 	mac_grp_client_t	*mgcp = grp->mrg_clients;
5637 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip;
5638 
5639 	while (mgcp != NULL) {
5640 		mcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
5641 		if (mcip->mci_flent->fe_type & FLOW_PRIMARY_MAC)
5642 			return (mcip);
5643 		mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next;
5644 	}
5645 	return (NULL);
5646 }
5647 
5648 /*
5649  * Hybrid I/O specifies the ring that should be given to a share.
5650  * If the ring is already used by clients, then we need to release
5651  * the ring back to the default group so that we can give it to
5652  * the share. This means the clients using this ring now get a
5653  * replacement ring. If there aren't any replacement rings, this
5654  * function returns a failure.
5655  */
5656 static int
5657 mac_reclaim_ring_from_grp(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_type_t ring_type,
5658     mac_ring_t *ring, mac_ring_t **rings, int nrings)
5659 {
5660 	mac_group_t		*group = (mac_group_t *)ring->mr_gh;
5661 	mac_resource_props_t	*mrp;
5662 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip;
5663 	mac_group_t		*defgrp;
5664 	mac_ring_t		*tring;
5665 	mac_group_t		*tgrp;
5666 	int			i;
5667 	int			j;
5668 
5669 	mcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(group);
5670 	if (mcip == NULL)
5671 		mcip = mac_get_grp_primary(group);
5672 	ASSERT(mcip != NULL);
5673 	ASSERT(mcip->mci_share == NULL);
5674 
5675 	mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip);
5676 	if (ring_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX) {
5677 		defgrp = mip->mi_rx_donor_grp;
5678 		if ((mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS) == 0) {
5679 			/* Need to put this mac client in the default group */
5680 			if (mac_rx_switch_group(mcip, group, defgrp) != 0)
5681 				return (ENOSPC);
5682 		} else {
5683 			/*
5684 			 * Switch this ring with some other ring from
5685 			 * the default group.
5686 			 */
5687 			for (tring = defgrp->mrg_rings; tring != NULL;
5688 			    tring = tring->mr_next) {
5689 				if (tring->mr_index == 0)
5690 					continue;
5691 				for (j = 0; j < nrings; j++) {
5692 					if (rings[j] == tring)
5693 						break;
5694 				}
5695 				if (j >= nrings)
5696 					break;
5697 			}
5698 			if (tring == NULL)
5699 				return (ENOSPC);
5700 			if (mac_group_mov_ring(mip, group, tring) != 0)
5701 				return (ENOSPC);
5702 			if (mac_group_mov_ring(mip, defgrp, ring) != 0) {
5703 				(void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip, defgrp, tring);
5704 				return (ENOSPC);
5705 			}
5706 		}
5707 		ASSERT(ring->mr_gh == (mac_group_handle_t)defgrp);
5708 		return (0);
5709 	}
5710 
5711 	defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip);
5712 	if (ring == (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring) {
5713 		/*
5714 		 * See if we can get a spare ring to replace the default
5715 		 * ring.
5716 		 */
5717 		if (defgrp->mrg_cur_count == 1) {
5718 			/*
5719 			 * Need to get a ring from another client, see if
5720 			 * there are any clients that can be moved to
5721 			 * the default group, thereby freeing some rings.
5722 			 */
5723 			for (i = 0; i < mip->mi_tx_group_count; i++) {
5724 				tgrp = &mip->mi_tx_groups[i];
5725 				if (tgrp->mrg_state ==
5726 				    MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED) {
5727 					continue;
5728 				}
5729 				mcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(tgrp);
5730 				if (mcip == NULL)
5731 					mcip = mac_get_grp_primary(tgrp);
5732 				ASSERT(mcip != NULL);
5733 				mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip);
5734 				if ((mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) == 0) {
5735 					ASSERT(tgrp->mrg_cur_count == 1);
5736 					/*
5737 					 * If this ring is part of the
5738 					 * rings asked by the share we cannot
5739 					 * use it as the default ring.
5740 					 */
5741 					for (j = 0; j < nrings; j++) {
5742 						if (rings[j] == tgrp->mrg_rings)
5743 							break;
5744 					}
5745 					if (j < nrings)
5746 						continue;
5747 					mac_tx_client_quiesce(
5748 					    (mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
5749 					mac_tx_switch_group(mcip, tgrp,
5750 					    defgrp);
5751 					mac_tx_client_restart(
5752 					    (mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
5753 					break;
5754 				}
5755 			}
5756 			/*
5757 			 * All the rings are reserved, can't give up the
5758 			 * default ring.
5759 			 */
5760 			if (defgrp->mrg_cur_count <= 1)
5761 				return (ENOSPC);
5762 		}
5763 		/*
5764 		 * Swap the default ring with another.
5765 		 */
5766 		for (tring = defgrp->mrg_rings; tring != NULL;
5767 		    tring = tring->mr_next) {
5768 			/*
5769 			 * If this ring is part of the rings asked by the
5770 			 * share we cannot use it as the default ring.
5771 			 */
5772 			for (j = 0; j < nrings; j++) {
5773 				if (rings[j] == tring)
5774 					break;
5775 			}
5776 			if (j >= nrings)
5777 				break;
5778 		}
5779 		ASSERT(tring != NULL);
5780 		mip->mi_default_tx_ring = (mac_ring_handle_t)tring;
5781 		return (0);
5782 	}
5783 	/*
5784 	 * The Tx ring is with a group reserved by a MAC client. See if
5785 	 * we can swap it.
5786 	 */
5787 	ASSERT(group->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED);
5788 	mcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(group);
5789 	if (mcip == NULL)
5790 		mcip = mac_get_grp_primary(group);
5791 	ASSERT(mcip !=  NULL);
5792 	mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip);
5793 	mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
5794 	if ((mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) == 0) {
5795 		ASSERT(group->mrg_cur_count == 1);
5796 		/* Put this mac client in the default group */
5797 		mac_tx_switch_group(mcip, group, defgrp);
5798 	} else {
5799 		/*
5800 		 * Switch this ring with some other ring from
5801 		 * the default group.
5802 		 */
5803 		for (tring = defgrp->mrg_rings; tring != NULL;
5804 		    tring = tring->mr_next) {
5805 			if (tring == (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring)
5806 				continue;
5807 			/*
5808 			 * If this ring is part of the rings asked by the
5809 			 * share we cannot use it for swapping.
5810 			 */
5811 			for (j = 0; j < nrings; j++) {
5812 				if (rings[j] == tring)
5813 					break;
5814 			}
5815 			if (j >= nrings)
5816 				break;
5817 		}
5818 		if (tring == NULL) {
5819 			mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
5820 			return (ENOSPC);
5821 		}
5822 		if (mac_group_mov_ring(mip, group, tring) != 0) {
5823 			mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
5824 			return (ENOSPC);
5825 		}
5826 		if (mac_group_mov_ring(mip, defgrp, ring) != 0) {
5827 			(void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip, defgrp, tring);
5828 			mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
5829 			return (ENOSPC);
5830 		}
5831 	}
5832 	mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
5833 	ASSERT(ring->mr_gh == (mac_group_handle_t)defgrp);
5834 	return (0);
5835 }
5836 
5837 /*
5838  * Populate a zero-ring group with rings. If the share is non-NULL,
5839  * the rings are chosen according to that share.
5840  * Invoked after allocating a new RX or TX group through
5841  * mac_reserve_rx_group() or mac_reserve_tx_group(), respectively.
5842  * Returns zero on success, an errno otherwise.
5843  */
5844 int
5845 i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_type_t ring_type,
5846     mac_group_t *src_group, mac_group_t *new_group, mac_share_handle_t share,
5847     uint32_t ringcnt)
5848 {
5849 	mac_ring_t **rings, *ring;
5850 	uint_t nrings;
5851 	int rv = 0, i = 0, j;
5852 
5853 	ASSERT((ring_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX &&
5854 	    mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) ||
5855 	    (ring_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX &&
5856 	    mip->mi_tx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC));
5857 
5858 	/*
5859 	 * First find the rings to allocate to the group.
5860 	 */
5861 	if (share != NULL) {
5862 		/* get rings through ms_squery() */
5863 		mip->mi_share_capab.ms_squery(share, ring_type, NULL, &nrings);
5864 		ASSERT(nrings != 0);
5865 		rings = kmem_alloc(nrings * sizeof (mac_ring_handle_t),
5866 		    KM_SLEEP);
5867 		mip->mi_share_capab.ms_squery(share, ring_type,
5868 		    (mac_ring_handle_t *)rings, &nrings);
5869 		for (i = 0; i < nrings; i++) {
5870 			/*
5871 			 * If we have given this ring to a non-default
5872 			 * group, we need to check if we can get this
5873 			 * ring.
5874 			 */
5875 			ring = rings[i];
5876 			if (ring->mr_gh != (mac_group_handle_t)src_group ||
5877 			    ring == (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring) {
5878 				if (mac_reclaim_ring_from_grp(mip, ring_type,
5879 				    ring, rings, nrings) != 0) {
5880 					rv = ENOSPC;
5881 					goto bail;
5882 				}
5883 			}
5884 		}
5885 	} else {
5886 		/*
5887 		 * Pick one ring from default group.
5888 		 *
5889 		 * for now pick the second ring which requires the first ring
5890 		 * at index 0 to stay in the default group, since it is the
5891 		 * ring which carries the multicast traffic.
5892 		 * We need a better way for a driver to indicate this,
5893 		 * for example a per-ring flag.
5894 		 */
5895 		rings = kmem_alloc(ringcnt * sizeof (mac_ring_handle_t),
5896 		    KM_SLEEP);
5897 		for (ring = src_group->mrg_rings; ring != NULL;
5898 		    ring = ring->mr_next) {
5899 			if (ring_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX &&
5900 			    ring->mr_index == 0) {
5901 				continue;
5902 			}
5903 			if (ring_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX &&
5904 			    ring == (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring) {
5905 				continue;
5906 			}
5907 			rings[i++] = ring;
5908 			if (i == ringcnt)
5909 				break;
5910 		}
5911 		ASSERT(ring != NULL);
5912 		nrings = i;
5913 		/* Not enough rings as required */
5914 		if (nrings != ringcnt) {
5915 			rv = ENOSPC;
5916 			goto bail;
5917 		}
5918 	}
5919 
5920 	switch (ring_type) {
5921 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX:
5922 		if (src_group->mrg_cur_count - nrings < 1) {
5923 			/* we ran out of rings */
5924 			rv = ENOSPC;
5925 			goto bail;
5926 		}
5927 
5928 		/* move receive rings to new group */
5929 		for (i = 0; i < nrings; i++) {
5930 			rv = mac_group_mov_ring(mip, new_group, rings[i]);
5931 			if (rv != 0) {
5932 				/* move rings back on failure */
5933 				for (j = 0; j < i; j++) {
5934 					(void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip,
5935 					    src_group, rings[j]);
5936 				}
5937 				goto bail;
5938 			}
5939 		}
5940 		break;
5941 
5942 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX: {
5943 		mac_ring_t *tmp_ring;
5944 
5945 		/* move the TX rings to the new group */
5946 		for (i = 0; i < nrings; i++) {
5947 			/* get the desired ring */
5948 			tmp_ring = mac_reserve_tx_ring(mip, rings[i]);
5949 			if (tmp_ring == NULL) {
5950 				rv = ENOSPC;
5951 				goto bail;
5952 			}
5953 			ASSERT(tmp_ring == rings[i]);
5954 			rv = mac_group_mov_ring(mip, new_group, rings[i]);
5955 			if (rv != 0) {
5956 				/* cleanup on failure */
5957 				for (j = 0; j < i; j++) {
5958 					(void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip,
5959 					    MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip),
5960 					    rings[j]);
5961 				}
5962 				goto bail;
5963 			}
5964 		}
5965 		break;
5966 	}
5967 	}
5968 
5969 	/* add group to share */
5970 	if (share != NULL)
5971 		mip->mi_share_capab.ms_sadd(share, new_group->mrg_driver);
5972 
5973 bail:
5974 	/* free temporary array of rings */
5975 	kmem_free(rings, nrings * sizeof (mac_ring_handle_t));
5976 
5977 	return (rv);
5978 }
5979 
5980 void
5981 mac_group_add_client(mac_group_t *grp, mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
5982 {
5983 	mac_grp_client_t *mgcp;
5984 
5985 	for (mgcp = grp->mrg_clients; mgcp != NULL; mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next) {
5986 		if (mgcp->mgc_client == mcip)
5987 			break;
5988 	}
5989 
5990 	VERIFY(mgcp == NULL);
5991 
5992 	mgcp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_grp_client_t), KM_SLEEP);
5993 	mgcp->mgc_client = mcip;
5994 	mgcp->mgc_next = grp->mrg_clients;
5995 	grp->mrg_clients = mgcp;
5996 
5997 }
5998 
5999 void
6000 mac_group_remove_client(mac_group_t *grp, mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
6001 {
6002 	mac_grp_client_t *mgcp, **pprev;
6003 
6004 	for (pprev = &grp->mrg_clients, mgcp = *pprev; mgcp != NULL;
6005 	    pprev = &mgcp->mgc_next, mgcp = *pprev) {
6006 		if (mgcp->mgc_client == mcip)
6007 			break;
6008 	}
6009 
6010 	ASSERT(mgcp != NULL);
6011 
6012 	*pprev = mgcp->mgc_next;
6013 	kmem_free(mgcp, sizeof (mac_grp_client_t));
6014 }
6015 
6016 /*
6017  * mac_reserve_rx_group()
6018  *
6019  * Finds an available group and exclusively reserves it for a client.
6020  * The group is chosen to suit the flow's resource controls (bandwidth and
6021  * fanout requirements) and the address type.
6022  * If the requestor is the pimary MAC then return the group with the
6023  * largest number of rings, otherwise the default ring when available.
6024  */
6025 mac_group_t *
6026 mac_reserve_rx_group(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, uint8_t *mac_addr, boolean_t move)
6027 {
6028 	mac_share_handle_t	share = mcip->mci_share;
6029 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
6030 	mac_group_t		*grp = NULL;
6031 	int			i;
6032 	int			err = 0;
6033 	mac_address_t		*map;
6034 	mac_resource_props_t	*mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip);
6035 	int			nrings;
6036 	int			donor_grp_rcnt;
6037 	boolean_t		need_exclgrp = B_FALSE;
6038 	int			need_rings = 0;
6039 	mac_group_t		*candidate_grp = NULL;
6040 	mac_client_impl_t	*gclient;
6041 	mac_resource_props_t	*gmrp;
6042 	mac_group_t		*donorgrp = NULL;
6043 	boolean_t		rxhw = mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS;
6044 	boolean_t		unspec = mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RXRINGS_UNSPEC;
6045 	boolean_t		isprimary;
6046 
6047 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
6048 
6049 	isprimary = mcip->mci_flent->fe_type & FLOW_PRIMARY_MAC;
6050 
6051 	/*
6052 	 * Check if a group already has this mac address (case of VLANs)
6053 	 * unless we are moving this MAC client from one group to another.
6054 	 */
6055 	if (!move && (map = mac_find_macaddr(mip, mac_addr)) != NULL) {
6056 		if (map->ma_group != NULL)
6057 			return (map->ma_group);
6058 	}
6059 	if (mip->mi_rx_groups == NULL || mip->mi_rx_group_count == 0)
6060 		return (NULL);
6061 	/*
6062 	 * If exclusive open, return NULL which will enable the
6063 	 * caller to use the default group.
6064 	 */
6065 	if (mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_EXCLUSIVE)
6066 		return (NULL);
6067 
6068 	/* For dynamic groups default unspecified to 1 */
6069 	if (rxhw && unspec &&
6070 	    mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) {
6071 		mrp->mrp_nrxrings = 1;
6072 	}
6073 	/*
6074 	 * For static grouping we allow only specifying rings=0 and
6075 	 * unspecified
6076 	 */
6077 	if (rxhw && mrp->mrp_nrxrings > 0 &&
6078 	    mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_STATIC) {
6079 		return (NULL);
6080 	}
6081 	if (rxhw) {
6082 		/*
6083 		 * We have explicitly asked for a group (with nrxrings,
6084 		 * if unspec).
6085 		 */
6086 		if (unspec || mrp->mrp_nrxrings > 0) {
6087 			need_exclgrp = B_TRUE;
6088 			need_rings = mrp->mrp_nrxrings;
6089 		} else if (mrp->mrp_nrxrings == 0) {
6090 			/*
6091 			 * We have asked for a software group.
6092 			 */
6093 			return (NULL);
6094 		}
6095 	} else if (isprimary && mip->mi_nactiveclients == 1 &&
6096 	    mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) {
6097 		/*
6098 		 * If the primary is the only active client on this
6099 		 * mip and we have not asked for any rings, we give
6100 		 * it the default group so that the primary gets to
6101 		 * use all the rings.
6102 		 */
6103 		return (NULL);
6104 	}
6105 
6106 	/* The group that can donate rings */
6107 	donorgrp = mip->mi_rx_donor_grp;
6108 
6109 	/*
6110 	 * The number of rings that the default group can donate.
6111 	 * We need to leave at least one ring.
6112 	 */
6113 	donor_grp_rcnt = donorgrp->mrg_cur_count - 1;
6114 
6115 	/*
6116 	 * Try to exclusively reserve a RX group.
6117 	 *
6118 	 * For flows requiring HW_DEFAULT_RING (unicast flow of the primary
6119 	 * client), try to reserve the a non-default RX group and give
6120 	 * it all the rings from the donor group, except the default ring
6121 	 *
6122 	 * For flows requiring HW_RING (unicast flow of other clients), try
6123 	 * to reserve non-default RX group with the specified number of
6124 	 * rings, if available.
6125 	 *
6126 	 * For flows that have not asked for software or hardware ring,
6127 	 * try to reserve a non-default group with 1 ring, if available.
6128 	 */
6129 	for (i = 1; i < mip->mi_rx_group_count; i++) {
6130 		grp = &mip->mi_rx_groups[i];
6131 
6132 		DTRACE_PROBE3(rx__group__trying, char *, mip->mi_name,
6133 		    int, grp->mrg_index, mac_group_state_t, grp->mrg_state);
6134 
6135 		/*
6136 		 * Check if this group could be a candidate group for
6137 		 * eviction if we need a group for this MAC client,
6138 		 * but there aren't any. A candidate group is one
6139 		 * that didn't ask for an exclusive group, but got
6140 		 * one and it has enough rings (combined with what
6141 		 * the donor group can donate) for the new MAC
6142 		 * client
6143 		 */
6144 		if (grp->mrg_state >= MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) {
6145 			/*
6146 			 * If the primary/donor group is not the default
6147 			 * group, don't bother looking for a candidate group.
6148 			 * If we don't have enough rings we will check
6149 			 * if the primary group can be vacated.
6150 			 */
6151 			if (candidate_grp == NULL &&
6152 			    donorgrp == MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip)) {
6153 				ASSERT(!MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(grp));
6154 				gclient = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(grp);
6155 				if (gclient == NULL)
6156 					gclient = mac_get_grp_primary(grp);
6157 				ASSERT(gclient != NULL);
6158 				gmrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(gclient);
6159 				if (gclient->mci_share == NULL &&
6160 				    (gmrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS) == 0 &&
6161 				    (unspec ||
6162 				    (grp->mrg_cur_count + donor_grp_rcnt >=
6163 				    need_rings))) {
6164 					candidate_grp = grp;
6165 				}
6166 			}
6167 			continue;
6168 		}
6169 		/*
6170 		 * This group could already be SHARED by other multicast
6171 		 * flows on this client. In that case, the group would
6172 		 * be shared and has already been started.
6173 		 */
6174 		ASSERT(grp->mrg_state != MAC_GROUP_STATE_UNINIT);
6175 
6176 		if ((grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED) &&
6177 		    (mac_start_group(grp) != 0)) {
6178 			continue;
6179 		}
6180 
6181 		if (mip->mi_rx_group_type != MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC)
6182 			break;
6183 		ASSERT(grp->mrg_cur_count == 0);
6184 
6185 		/*
6186 		 * Populate the group. Rings should be taken
6187 		 * from the donor group.
6188 		 */
6189 		nrings = rxhw ? need_rings : isprimary ? donor_grp_rcnt: 1;
6190 
6191 		/*
6192 		 * If the donor group can't donate, let's just walk and
6193 		 * see if someone can vacate a group, so that we have
6194 		 * enough rings for this, unless we already have
6195 		 * identified a candiate group..
6196 		 */
6197 		if (nrings <= donor_grp_rcnt) {
6198 			err = i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mip, MAC_RING_TYPE_RX,
6199 			    donorgrp, grp, share, nrings);
6200 			if (err == 0) {
6201 				/*
6202 				 * For a share i_mac_group_allocate_rings gets
6203 				 * the rings from the driver, let's populate
6204 				 * the property for the client now.
6205 				 */
6206 				if (share != NULL) {
6207 					mac_client_set_rings(
6208 					    (mac_client_handle_t)mcip,
6209 					    grp->mrg_cur_count, -1);
6210 				}
6211 				if (mac_is_primary_client(mcip) && !rxhw)
6212 					mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = grp;
6213 				break;
6214 			}
6215 		}
6216 
6217 		DTRACE_PROBE3(rx__group__reserve__alloc__rings, char *,
6218 		    mip->mi_name, int, grp->mrg_index, int, err);
6219 
6220 		/*
6221 		 * It's a dynamic group but the grouping operation
6222 		 * failed.
6223 		 */
6224 		mac_stop_group(grp);
6225 	}
6226 	/* We didn't find an exclusive group for this MAC client */
6227 	if (i >= mip->mi_rx_group_count) {
6228 
6229 		if (!need_exclgrp)
6230 			return (NULL);
6231 
6232 		/*
6233 		 * If we found a candidate group then we switch the
6234 		 * MAC client from the candidate_group to the default
6235 		 * group and give the group to this MAC client. If
6236 		 * we didn't find a candidate_group, check if the
6237 		 * primary is in its own group and if it can make way
6238 		 * for this MAC client.
6239 		 */
6240 		if (candidate_grp == NULL &&
6241 		    donorgrp != MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip) &&
6242 		    donorgrp->mrg_cur_count >= need_rings) {
6243 			candidate_grp = donorgrp;
6244 		}
6245 		if (candidate_grp != NULL) {
6246 			boolean_t	prim_grp = B_FALSE;
6247 
6248 			/*
6249 			 * Switch the MAC client from the candidate group
6250 			 * to the default group.. If this group was the
6251 			 * donor group, then after the switch we need
6252 			 * to update the donor group too.
6253 			 */
6254 			grp = candidate_grp;
6255 			gclient = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(grp);
6256 			if (gclient == NULL)
6257 				gclient = mac_get_grp_primary(grp);
6258 			if (grp == mip->mi_rx_donor_grp)
6259 				prim_grp = B_TRUE;
6260 			if (mac_rx_switch_group(gclient, grp,
6261 			    MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip)) != 0) {
6262 				return (NULL);
6263 			}
6264 			if (prim_grp) {
6265 				mip->mi_rx_donor_grp =
6266 				    MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip);
6267 				donorgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip);
6268 			}
6269 
6270 
6271 			/*
6272 			 * Now give this group with the required rings
6273 			 * to this MAC client.
6274 			 */
6275 			ASSERT(grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED);
6276 			if (mac_start_group(grp) != 0)
6277 				return (NULL);
6278 
6279 			if (mip->mi_rx_group_type != MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC)
6280 				return (grp);
6281 
6282 			donor_grp_rcnt = donorgrp->mrg_cur_count - 1;
6283 			ASSERT(grp->mrg_cur_count == 0);
6284 			ASSERT(donor_grp_rcnt >= need_rings);
6285 			err = i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mip, MAC_RING_TYPE_RX,
6286 			    donorgrp, grp, share, need_rings);
6287 			if (err == 0) {
6288 				/*
6289 				 * For a share i_mac_group_allocate_rings gets
6290 				 * the rings from the driver, let's populate
6291 				 * the property for the client now.
6292 				 */
6293 				if (share != NULL) {
6294 					mac_client_set_rings(
6295 					    (mac_client_handle_t)mcip,
6296 					    grp->mrg_cur_count, -1);
6297 				}
6298 				DTRACE_PROBE2(rx__group__reserved,
6299 				    char *, mip->mi_name, int, grp->mrg_index);
6300 				return (grp);
6301 			}
6302 			DTRACE_PROBE3(rx__group__reserve__alloc__rings, char *,
6303 			    mip->mi_name, int, grp->mrg_index, int, err);
6304 			mac_stop_group(grp);
6305 		}
6306 		return (NULL);
6307 	}
6308 	ASSERT(grp != NULL);
6309 
6310 	DTRACE_PROBE2(rx__group__reserved,
6311 	    char *, mip->mi_name, int, grp->mrg_index);
6312 	return (grp);
6313 }
6314 
6315 /*
6316  * mac_rx_release_group()
6317  *
6318  * This is called when there are no clients left for the group.
6319  * The group is stopped and marked MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED,
6320  * and if it is a non default group, the shares are removed and
6321  * all rings are assigned back to default group.
6322  */
6323 void
6324 mac_release_rx_group(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *group)
6325 {
6326 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
6327 	mac_ring_t		*ring;
6328 
6329 	ASSERT(group != MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip));
6330 
6331 	if (mip->mi_rx_donor_grp == group)
6332 		mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip);
6333 
6334 	/*
6335 	 * This is the case where there are no clients left. Any
6336 	 * SRS etc on this group have also be quiesced.
6337 	 */
6338 	for (ring = group->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next) {
6339 		if (ring->mr_classify_type == MAC_HW_CLASSIFIER) {
6340 			ASSERT(group->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED);
6341 			/*
6342 			 * Remove the SRS associated with the HW ring.
6343 			 * As a result, polling will be disabled.
6344 			 */
6345 			ring->mr_srs = NULL;
6346 		}
6347 		ASSERT(group->mrg_state < MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED ||
6348 		    ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE);
6349 		if (ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE) {
6350 			mac_stop_ring(ring);
6351 			ring->mr_flag = 0;
6352 		}
6353 	}
6354 
6355 	/* remove group from share */
6356 	if (mcip->mci_share != NULL) {
6357 		mip->mi_share_capab.ms_sremove(mcip->mci_share,
6358 		    group->mrg_driver);
6359 	}
6360 
6361 	if (mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) {
6362 		mac_ring_t *ring;
6363 
6364 		/*
6365 		 * Rings were dynamically allocated to group.
6366 		 * Move rings back to default group.
6367 		 */
6368 		while ((ring = group->mrg_rings) != NULL) {
6369 			(void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip, mip->mi_rx_donor_grp,
6370 			    ring);
6371 		}
6372 	}
6373 	mac_stop_group(group);
6374 	/*
6375 	 * Possible improvement: See if we can assign the group just released
6376 	 * to a another client of the mip
6377 	 */
6378 }
6379 
6380 /*
6381  * When we move the primary's mac address between groups, we need to also
6382  * take all the clients sharing the same mac address along with it (VLANs)
6383  * We remove the mac address for such clients from the group after quiescing
6384  * them. When we add the mac address we restart the client. Note that
6385  * the primary's mac address is removed from the group after all the
6386  * other clients sharing the address are removed. Similarly, the primary's
6387  * mac address is added before all the other client's mac address are
6388  * added. While grp is the group where the clients reside, tgrp is
6389  * the group where the addresses have to be added.
6390  */
6391 static void
6392 mac_rx_move_macaddr_prim(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *grp,
6393     mac_group_t *tgrp, uint8_t *maddr, boolean_t add)
6394 {
6395 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
6396 	mac_grp_client_t	*mgcp = grp->mrg_clients;
6397 	mac_client_impl_t	*gmcip;
6398 	boolean_t		prim;
6399 
6400 	prim = (mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_UNICAST_HW) != 0;
6401 
6402 	/*
6403 	 * If the clients are in a non-default group, we just have to
6404 	 * walk the group's client list. If it is in the default group
6405 	 * (which will be shared by other clients as well, we need to
6406 	 * check if the unicast address matches mcip's unicast.
6407 	 */
6408 	while (mgcp != NULL) {
6409 		gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
6410 		if (gmcip != mcip &&
6411 		    (grp != MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip) ||
6412 		    mcip->mci_unicast == gmcip->mci_unicast)) {
6413 			if (!add) {
6414 				mac_rx_client_quiesce(
6415 				    (mac_client_handle_t)gmcip);
6416 				(void) mac_remove_macaddr(mcip->mci_unicast);
6417 			} else {
6418 				(void) mac_add_macaddr(mip, tgrp, maddr, prim);
6419 				mac_rx_client_restart(
6420 				    (mac_client_handle_t)gmcip);
6421 			}
6422 		}
6423 		mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next;
6424 	}
6425 }
6426 
6427 
6428 /*
6429  * Move the MAC address from fgrp to tgrp. If this is the primary client,
6430  * we need to take any VLANs etc. together too.
6431  */
6432 static int
6433 mac_rx_move_macaddr(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *fgrp,
6434     mac_group_t *tgrp)
6435 {
6436 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
6437 	uint8_t			maddr[MAXMACADDRLEN];
6438 	int			err = 0;
6439 	boolean_t		prim;
6440 	boolean_t		multiclnt = B_FALSE;
6441 
6442 	mac_rx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
6443 	ASSERT(mcip->mci_unicast != NULL);
6444 	bcopy(mcip->mci_unicast->ma_addr, maddr, mcip->mci_unicast->ma_len);
6445 
6446 	prim = (mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_UNICAST_HW) != 0;
6447 	if (mcip->mci_unicast->ma_nusers > 1) {
6448 		mac_rx_move_macaddr_prim(mcip, fgrp, NULL, maddr, B_FALSE);
6449 		multiclnt = B_TRUE;
6450 	}
6451 	ASSERT(mcip->mci_unicast->ma_nusers == 1);
6452 	err = mac_remove_macaddr(mcip->mci_unicast);
6453 	if (err != 0) {
6454 		mac_rx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
6455 		if (multiclnt) {
6456 			mac_rx_move_macaddr_prim(mcip, fgrp, fgrp, maddr,
6457 			    B_TRUE);
6458 		}
6459 		return (err);
6460 	}
6461 	/*
6462 	 * Program the H/W Classifier first, if this fails we need
6463 	 * not proceed with the other stuff.
6464 	 */
6465 	if ((err = mac_add_macaddr(mip, tgrp, maddr, prim)) != 0) {
6466 		/* Revert back the H/W Classifier */
6467 		if ((err = mac_add_macaddr(mip, fgrp, maddr, prim)) != 0) {
6468 			/*
6469 			 * This should not fail now since it worked earlier,
6470 			 * should we panic?
6471 			 */
6472 			cmn_err(CE_WARN,
6473 			    "mac_rx_switch_group: switching %p back"
6474 			    " to group %p failed!!", (void *)mcip,
6475 			    (void *)fgrp);
6476 		}
6477 		mac_rx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
6478 		if (multiclnt) {
6479 			mac_rx_move_macaddr_prim(mcip, fgrp, fgrp, maddr,
6480 			    B_TRUE);
6481 		}
6482 		return (err);
6483 	}
6484 	mcip->mci_unicast = mac_find_macaddr(mip, maddr);
6485 	mac_rx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
6486 	if (multiclnt)
6487 		mac_rx_move_macaddr_prim(mcip, fgrp, tgrp, maddr, B_TRUE);
6488 	return (err);
6489 }
6490 
6491 /*
6492  * Switch the MAC client from one group to another. This means we need
6493  * to remove the MAC address from the group, remove the MAC client,
6494  * teardown the SRSs and revert the group state. Then, we add the client
6495  * to the destination group, set the SRSs, and add the MAC address to the
6496  * group.
6497  */
6498 int
6499 mac_rx_switch_group(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *fgrp,
6500     mac_group_t *tgrp)
6501 {
6502 	int			err;
6503 	mac_group_state_t	next_state;
6504 	mac_client_impl_t	*group_only_mcip;
6505 	mac_client_impl_t	*gmcip;
6506 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
6507 	mac_grp_client_t	*mgcp;
6508 
6509 	ASSERT(fgrp == mcip->mci_flent->fe_rx_ring_group);
6510 
6511 	if ((err = mac_rx_move_macaddr(mcip, fgrp, tgrp)) != 0)
6512 		return (err);
6513 
6514 	/*
6515 	 * The group might be reserved, but SRSs may not be set up, e.g.
6516 	 * primary and its vlans using a reserved group.
6517 	 */
6518 	if (fgrp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED &&
6519 	    MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(fgrp) != NULL) {
6520 		mac_rx_srs_group_teardown(mcip->mci_flent, B_TRUE);
6521 	}
6522 	if (fgrp != MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip)) {
6523 		mgcp = fgrp->mrg_clients;
6524 		while (mgcp != NULL) {
6525 			gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
6526 			mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next;
6527 			mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, gmcip);
6528 			mac_group_add_client(tgrp, gmcip);
6529 			gmcip->mci_flent->fe_rx_ring_group = tgrp;
6530 		}
6531 		mac_release_rx_group(mcip, fgrp);
6532 		ASSERT(MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(fgrp));
6533 		mac_set_group_state(fgrp, MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED);
6534 	} else {
6535 		mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, mcip);
6536 		mac_group_add_client(tgrp, mcip);
6537 		mcip->mci_flent->fe_rx_ring_group = tgrp;
6538 		/*
6539 		 * If there are other clients (VLANs) sharing this address
6540 		 * we should be here only for the primary.
6541 		 */
6542 		if (mcip->mci_unicast->ma_nusers > 1) {
6543 			/*
6544 			 * We need to move all the clients that are using
6545 			 * this h/w address.
6546 			 */
6547 			mgcp = fgrp->mrg_clients;
6548 			while (mgcp != NULL) {
6549 				gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
6550 				mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next;
6551 				if (mcip->mci_unicast == gmcip->mci_unicast) {
6552 					mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, gmcip);
6553 					mac_group_add_client(tgrp, gmcip);
6554 					gmcip->mci_flent->fe_rx_ring_group =
6555 					    tgrp;
6556 				}
6557 			}
6558 		}
6559 		/*
6560 		 * The default group will still take the multicast,
6561 		 * broadcast traffic etc., so it won't go to
6562 		 * MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED.
6563 		 */
6564 		if (fgrp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED)
6565 			mac_rx_group_unmark(fgrp, MR_CONDEMNED);
6566 		mac_set_group_state(fgrp, MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED);
6567 	}
6568 	next_state = mac_group_next_state(tgrp, &group_only_mcip,
6569 	    MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip), B_TRUE);
6570 	mac_set_group_state(tgrp, next_state);
6571 	/*
6572 	 * If the destination group is reserved, setup the SRSs etc.
6573 	 */
6574 	if (tgrp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) {
6575 		mac_rx_srs_group_setup(mcip, mcip->mci_flent, SRST_LINK);
6576 		mac_fanout_setup(mcip, mcip->mci_flent,
6577 		    MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip), mac_rx_deliver, mcip, NULL,
6578 		    NULL);
6579 		mac_rx_group_unmark(tgrp, MR_INCIPIENT);
6580 	} else {
6581 		mac_rx_switch_grp_to_sw(tgrp);
6582 	}
6583 	return (0);
6584 }
6585 
6586 /*
6587  * Reserves a TX group for the specified share. Invoked by mac_tx_srs_setup()
6588  * when a share was allocated to the client.
6589  */
6590 mac_group_t *
6591 mac_reserve_tx_group(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, boolean_t move)
6592 {
6593 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
6594 	mac_group_t		*grp = NULL;
6595 	int			rv;
6596 	int			i;
6597 	int			err;
6598 	mac_group_t		*defgrp;
6599 	mac_share_handle_t	share = mcip->mci_share;
6600 	mac_resource_props_t	*mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip);
6601 	int			nrings;
6602 	int			defnrings;
6603 	boolean_t		need_exclgrp = B_FALSE;
6604 	int			need_rings = 0;
6605 	mac_group_t		*candidate_grp = NULL;
6606 	mac_client_impl_t	*gclient;
6607 	mac_resource_props_t	*gmrp;
6608 	boolean_t		txhw = mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS;
6609 	boolean_t		unspec = mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TXRINGS_UNSPEC;
6610 	boolean_t		isprimary;
6611 
6612 	isprimary = mcip->mci_flent->fe_type & FLOW_PRIMARY_MAC;
6613 	/*
6614 	 * When we come here for a VLAN on the primary (dladm create-vlan),
6615 	 * we need to pair it along with the primary (to keep it consistent
6616 	 * with the RX side). So, we check if the primary is already assigned
6617 	 * to a group and return the group if so. The other way is also
6618 	 * true, i.e. the VLAN is already created and now we are plumbing
6619 	 * the primary.
6620 	 */
6621 	if (!move && isprimary) {
6622 		for (gclient = mip->mi_clients_list; gclient != NULL;
6623 		    gclient = gclient->mci_client_next) {
6624 			if (gclient->mci_flent->fe_type & FLOW_PRIMARY_MAC &&
6625 			    gclient->mci_flent->fe_tx_ring_group != NULL) {
6626 				return (gclient->mci_flent->fe_tx_ring_group);
6627 			}
6628 		}
6629 	}
6630 
6631 	if (mip->mi_tx_groups == NULL || mip->mi_tx_group_count == 0)
6632 		return (NULL);
6633 
6634 	/* For dynamic groups, default unspec to 1 */
6635 	if (txhw && unspec &&
6636 	    mip->mi_tx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) {
6637 		mrp->mrp_ntxrings = 1;
6638 	}
6639 	/*
6640 	 * For static grouping we allow only specifying rings=0 and
6641 	 * unspecified
6642 	 */
6643 	if (txhw && mrp->mrp_ntxrings > 0 &&
6644 	    mip->mi_tx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_STATIC) {
6645 		return (NULL);
6646 	}
6647 
6648 	if (txhw) {
6649 		/*
6650 		 * We have explicitly asked for a group (with ntxrings,
6651 		 * if unspec).
6652 		 */
6653 		if (unspec || mrp->mrp_ntxrings > 0) {
6654 			need_exclgrp = B_TRUE;
6655 			need_rings = mrp->mrp_ntxrings;
6656 		} else if (mrp->mrp_ntxrings == 0) {
6657 			/*
6658 			 * We have asked for a software group.
6659 			 */
6660 			return (NULL);
6661 		}
6662 	}
6663 	defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip);
6664 	/*
6665 	 * The number of rings that the default group can donate.
6666 	 * We need to leave at least one ring - the default ring - in
6667 	 * this group.
6668 	 */
6669 	defnrings = defgrp->mrg_cur_count - 1;
6670 
6671 	/*
6672 	 * Primary gets default group unless explicitly told not
6673 	 * to  (i.e. rings > 0).
6674 	 */
6675 	if (isprimary && !need_exclgrp)
6676 		return (NULL);
6677 
6678 	nrings = (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) != 0 ? mrp->mrp_ntxrings : 1;
6679 	for (i = 0; i <  mip->mi_tx_group_count; i++) {
6680 		grp = &mip->mi_tx_groups[i];
6681 		if ((grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) ||
6682 		    (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_UNINIT)) {
6683 			/*
6684 			 * Select a candidate for replacement if we don't
6685 			 * get an exclusive group. A candidate group is one
6686 			 * that didn't ask for an exclusive group, but got
6687 			 * one and it has enough rings (combined with what
6688 			 * the default group can donate) for the new MAC
6689 			 * client.
6690 			 */
6691 			if (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED &&
6692 			    candidate_grp == NULL) {
6693 				gclient = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(grp);
6694 				if (gclient == NULL)
6695 					gclient = mac_get_grp_primary(grp);
6696 				gmrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(gclient);
6697 				if (gclient->mci_share == NULL &&
6698 				    (gmrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) == 0 &&
6699 				    (unspec ||
6700 				    (grp->mrg_cur_count + defnrings) >=
6701 				    need_rings)) {
6702 					candidate_grp = grp;
6703 				}
6704 			}
6705 			continue;
6706 		}
6707 		/*
6708 		 * If the default can't donate let's just walk and
6709 		 * see if someone can vacate a group, so that we have
6710 		 * enough rings for this.
6711 		 */
6712 		if (mip->mi_tx_group_type != MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC ||
6713 		    nrings <= defnrings) {
6714 			if (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED) {
6715 				rv = mac_start_group(grp);
6716 				ASSERT(rv == 0);
6717 			}
6718 			break;
6719 		}
6720 	}
6721 
6722 	/* The default group */
6723 	if (i >= mip->mi_tx_group_count) {
6724 		/*
6725 		 * If we need an exclusive group and have identified a
6726 		 * candidate group we switch the MAC client from the
6727 		 * candidate group to the default group and give the
6728 		 * candidate group to this client.
6729 		 */
6730 		if (need_exclgrp && candidate_grp != NULL) {
6731 			/*
6732 			 * Switch the MAC client from the candidate group
6733 			 * to the default group.
6734 			 */
6735 			grp = candidate_grp;
6736 			gclient = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(grp);
6737 			if (gclient == NULL)
6738 				gclient = mac_get_grp_primary(grp);
6739 			mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)gclient);
6740 			mac_tx_switch_group(gclient, grp, defgrp);
6741 			mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)gclient);
6742 
6743 			/*
6744 			 * Give the candidate group with the specified number
6745 			 * of rings to this MAC client.
6746 			 */
6747 			ASSERT(grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED);
6748 			rv = mac_start_group(grp);
6749 			ASSERT(rv == 0);
6750 
6751 			if (mip->mi_tx_group_type != MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC)
6752 				return (grp);
6753 
6754 			ASSERT(grp->mrg_cur_count == 0);
6755 			ASSERT(defgrp->mrg_cur_count > need_rings);
6756 
6757 			err = i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mip, MAC_RING_TYPE_TX,
6758 			    defgrp, grp, share, need_rings);
6759 			if (err == 0) {
6760 				/*
6761 				 * For a share i_mac_group_allocate_rings gets
6762 				 * the rings from the driver, let's populate
6763 				 * the property for the client now.
6764 				 */
6765 				if (share != NULL) {
6766 					mac_client_set_rings(
6767 					    (mac_client_handle_t)mcip, -1,
6768 					    grp->mrg_cur_count);
6769 				}
6770 				mip->mi_tx_group_free--;
6771 				return (grp);
6772 			}
6773 			DTRACE_PROBE3(tx__group__reserve__alloc__rings, char *,
6774 			    mip->mi_name, int, grp->mrg_index, int, err);
6775 			mac_stop_group(grp);
6776 		}
6777 		return (NULL);
6778 	}
6779 	/*
6780 	 * We got an exclusive group, but it is not dynamic.
6781 	 */
6782 	if (mip->mi_tx_group_type != MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) {
6783 		mip->mi_tx_group_free--;
6784 		return (grp);
6785 	}
6786 
6787 	rv = i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mip, MAC_RING_TYPE_TX, defgrp, grp,
6788 	    share, nrings);
6789 	if (rv != 0) {
6790 		DTRACE_PROBE3(tx__group__reserve__alloc__rings,
6791 		    char *, mip->mi_name, int, grp->mrg_index, int, rv);
6792 		mac_stop_group(grp);
6793 		return (NULL);
6794 	}
6795 	/*
6796 	 * For a share i_mac_group_allocate_rings gets the rings from the
6797 	 * driver, let's populate the property for the client now.
6798 	 */
6799 	if (share != NULL) {
6800 		mac_client_set_rings((mac_client_handle_t)mcip, -1,
6801 		    grp->mrg_cur_count);
6802 	}
6803 	mip->mi_tx_group_free--;
6804 	return (grp);
6805 }
6806 
6807 void
6808 mac_release_tx_group(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *grp)
6809 {
6810 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
6811 	mac_share_handle_t	share = mcip->mci_share;
6812 	mac_ring_t		*ring;
6813 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*srs = MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip);
6814 	mac_group_t		*defgrp;
6815 
6816 	defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip);
6817 	if (srs != NULL) {
6818 		if (srs->srs_soft_ring_count > 0) {
6819 			for (ring = grp->mrg_rings; ring != NULL;
6820 			    ring = ring->mr_next) {
6821 				ASSERT(mac_tx_srs_ring_present(srs, ring));
6822 				mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(mcip,
6823 				    (mac_tx_cookie_t)
6824 				    mac_tx_srs_get_soft_ring(srs, ring));
6825 				mac_tx_srs_del_ring(srs, ring);
6826 			}
6827 		} else {
6828 			ASSERT(srs->srs_tx.st_arg2 != NULL);
6829 			srs->srs_tx.st_arg2 = NULL;
6830 			mac_srs_stat_delete(srs);
6831 		}
6832 	}
6833 	if (share != NULL)
6834 		mip->mi_share_capab.ms_sremove(share, grp->mrg_driver);
6835 
6836 	/* move the ring back to the pool */
6837 	if (mip->mi_tx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) {
6838 		while ((ring = grp->mrg_rings) != NULL)
6839 			(void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip, defgrp, ring);
6840 	}
6841 	mac_stop_group(grp);
6842 	mip->mi_tx_group_free++;
6843 }
6844 
6845 /*
6846  * Disassociate a MAC client from a group, i.e go through the rings in the
6847  * group and delete all the soft rings tied to them.
6848  */
6849 static void
6850 mac_tx_dismantle_soft_rings(mac_group_t *fgrp, flow_entry_t *flent)
6851 {
6852 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip = flent->fe_mcip;
6853 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*tx_srs;
6854 	mac_srs_tx_t		*tx;
6855 	mac_ring_t		*ring;
6856 
6857 	tx_srs = flent->fe_tx_srs;
6858 	tx = &tx_srs->srs_tx;
6859 
6860 	/* Single ring case we haven't created any soft rings */
6861 	if (tx->st_mode == SRS_TX_BW || tx->st_mode == SRS_TX_SERIALIZE ||
6862 	    tx->st_mode == SRS_TX_DEFAULT) {
6863 		tx->st_arg2 = NULL;
6864 		mac_srs_stat_delete(tx_srs);
6865 	/* Fanout case, where we have to dismantle the soft rings */
6866 	} else {
6867 		for (ring = fgrp->mrg_rings; ring != NULL;
6868 		    ring = ring->mr_next) {
6869 			ASSERT(mac_tx_srs_ring_present(tx_srs, ring));
6870 			mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(mcip,
6871 			    (mac_tx_cookie_t)mac_tx_srs_get_soft_ring(tx_srs,
6872 			    ring));
6873 			mac_tx_srs_del_ring(tx_srs, ring);
6874 		}
6875 		ASSERT(tx->st_arg2 == NULL);
6876 	}
6877 }
6878 
6879 /*
6880  * Switch the MAC client from one group to another. This means we need
6881  * to remove the MAC client, teardown the SRSs and revert the group state.
6882  * Then, we add the client to the destination roup, set the SRSs etc.
6883  */
6884 void
6885 mac_tx_switch_group(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *fgrp,
6886     mac_group_t *tgrp)
6887 {
6888 	mac_client_impl_t	*group_only_mcip;
6889 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
6890 	flow_entry_t		*flent = mcip->mci_flent;
6891 	mac_group_t		*defgrp;
6892 	mac_grp_client_t	*mgcp;
6893 	mac_client_impl_t	*gmcip;
6894 	flow_entry_t		*gflent;
6895 
6896 	defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip);
6897 	ASSERT(fgrp == flent->fe_tx_ring_group);
6898 
6899 	if (fgrp == defgrp) {
6900 		/*
6901 		 * If this is the primary we need to find any VLANs on
6902 		 * the primary and move them too.
6903 		 */
6904 		mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, mcip);
6905 		mac_tx_dismantle_soft_rings(fgrp, flent);
6906 		if (mcip->mci_unicast->ma_nusers > 1) {
6907 			mgcp = fgrp->mrg_clients;
6908 			while (mgcp != NULL) {
6909 				gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
6910 				mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next;
6911 				if (mcip->mci_unicast != gmcip->mci_unicast)
6912 					continue;
6913 				mac_tx_client_quiesce(
6914 				    (mac_client_handle_t)gmcip);
6915 
6916 				gflent = gmcip->mci_flent;
6917 				mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, gmcip);
6918 				mac_tx_dismantle_soft_rings(fgrp, gflent);
6919 
6920 				mac_group_add_client(tgrp, gmcip);
6921 				gflent->fe_tx_ring_group = tgrp;
6922 				/* We could directly set this to SHARED */
6923 				tgrp->mrg_state = mac_group_next_state(tgrp,
6924 				    &group_only_mcip, defgrp, B_FALSE);
6925 
6926 				mac_tx_srs_group_setup(gmcip, gflent,
6927 				    SRST_LINK);
6928 				mac_fanout_setup(gmcip, gflent,
6929 				    MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(gmcip), mac_rx_deliver,
6930 				    gmcip, NULL, NULL);
6931 
6932 				mac_tx_client_restart(
6933 				    (mac_client_handle_t)gmcip);
6934 			}
6935 		}
6936 		if (MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(fgrp)) {
6937 			mac_ring_t	*ring;
6938 			int		cnt;
6939 			int		ringcnt;
6940 
6941 			fgrp->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED;
6942 			/*
6943 			 * Additionally, we also need to stop all
6944 			 * the rings in the default group, except
6945 			 * the default ring. The reason being
6946 			 * this group won't be released since it is
6947 			 * the default group, so the rings won't
6948 			 * be stopped otherwise.
6949 			 */
6950 			ringcnt = fgrp->mrg_cur_count;
6951 			ring = fgrp->mrg_rings;
6952 			for (cnt = 0; cnt < ringcnt; cnt++) {
6953 				if (ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE &&
6954 				    ring !=
6955 				    (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring) {
6956 					mac_stop_ring(ring);
6957 					ring->mr_flag = 0;
6958 				}
6959 				ring = ring->mr_next;
6960 			}
6961 		} else if (MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(fgrp) != NULL) {
6962 			fgrp->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED;
6963 		} else {
6964 			ASSERT(fgrp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED);
6965 		}
6966 	} else {
6967 		/*
6968 		 * We could have VLANs sharing the non-default group with
6969 		 * the primary.
6970 		 */
6971 		mgcp = fgrp->mrg_clients;
6972 		while (mgcp != NULL) {
6973 			gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
6974 			mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next;
6975 			if (gmcip == mcip)
6976 				continue;
6977 			mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)gmcip);
6978 			gflent = gmcip->mci_flent;
6979 
6980 			mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, gmcip);
6981 			mac_tx_dismantle_soft_rings(fgrp, gflent);
6982 
6983 			mac_group_add_client(tgrp, gmcip);
6984 			gflent->fe_tx_ring_group = tgrp;
6985 			/* We could directly set this to SHARED */
6986 			tgrp->mrg_state = mac_group_next_state(tgrp,
6987 			    &group_only_mcip, defgrp, B_FALSE);
6988 			mac_tx_srs_group_setup(gmcip, gflent, SRST_LINK);
6989 			mac_fanout_setup(gmcip, gflent,
6990 			    MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(gmcip), mac_rx_deliver,
6991 			    gmcip, NULL, NULL);
6992 
6993 			mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)gmcip);
6994 		}
6995 		mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, mcip);
6996 		mac_release_tx_group(mcip, fgrp);
6997 		fgrp->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED;
6998 	}
6999 
7000 	/* Add it to the tgroup */
7001 	mac_group_add_client(tgrp, mcip);
7002 	flent->fe_tx_ring_group = tgrp;
7003 	tgrp->mrg_state = mac_group_next_state(tgrp, &group_only_mcip,
7004 	    defgrp, B_FALSE);
7005 
7006 	mac_tx_srs_group_setup(mcip, flent, SRST_LINK);
7007 	mac_fanout_setup(mcip, flent, MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip),
7008 	    mac_rx_deliver, mcip, NULL, NULL);
7009 }
7010 
7011 /*
7012  * This is a 1-time control path activity initiated by the client (IP).
7013  * The mac perimeter protects against other simultaneous control activities,
7014  * for example an ioctl that attempts to change the degree of fanout and
7015  * increase or decrease the number of softrings associated with this Tx SRS.
7016  */
7017 static mac_tx_notify_cb_t *
7018 mac_client_tx_notify_add(mac_client_impl_t *mcip,
7019     mac_tx_notify_t notify, void *arg)
7020 {
7021 	mac_cb_info_t *mcbi;
7022 	mac_tx_notify_cb_t *mtnfp;
7023 
7024 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mcip->mci_mip));
7025 
7026 	mtnfp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_tx_notify_cb_t), KM_SLEEP);
7027 	mtnfp->mtnf_fn = notify;
7028 	mtnfp->mtnf_arg = arg;
7029 	mtnfp->mtnf_link.mcb_objp = mtnfp;
7030 	mtnfp->mtnf_link.mcb_objsize = sizeof (mac_tx_notify_cb_t);
7031 	mtnfp->mtnf_link.mcb_flags = MCB_TX_NOTIFY_CB_T;
7032 
7033 	mcbi = &mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_info;
7034 	mutex_enter(mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
7035 	mac_callback_add(mcbi, &mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_list, &mtnfp->mtnf_link);
7036 	mutex_exit(mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
7037 	return (mtnfp);
7038 }
7039 
7040 static void
7041 mac_client_tx_notify_remove(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_tx_notify_cb_t *mtnfp)
7042 {
7043 	mac_cb_info_t	*mcbi;
7044 	mac_cb_t	**cblist;
7045 
7046 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mcip->mci_mip));
7047 
7048 	if (!mac_callback_find(&mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_info,
7049 	    &mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_list, &mtnfp->mtnf_link)) {
7050 		cmn_err(CE_WARN,
7051 		    "mac_client_tx_notify_remove: callback not "
7052 		    "found, mcip 0x%p mtnfp 0x%p", (void *)mcip, (void *)mtnfp);
7053 		return;
7054 	}
7055 
7056 	mcbi = &mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_info;
7057 	cblist = &mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_list;
7058 	mutex_enter(mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
7059 	if (mac_callback_remove(mcbi, cblist, &mtnfp->mtnf_link))
7060 		kmem_free(mtnfp, sizeof (mac_tx_notify_cb_t));
7061 	else
7062 		mac_callback_remove_wait(&mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_info);
7063 	mutex_exit(mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
7064 }
7065 
7066 /*
7067  * mac_client_tx_notify():
7068  * call to add and remove flow control callback routine.
7069  */
7070 mac_tx_notify_handle_t
7071 mac_client_tx_notify(mac_client_handle_t mch, mac_tx_notify_t callb_func,
7072     void *ptr)
7073 {
7074 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
7075 	mac_tx_notify_cb_t	*mtnfp = NULL;
7076 
7077 	i_mac_perim_enter(mcip->mci_mip);
7078 
7079 	if (callb_func != NULL) {
7080 		/* Add a notify callback */
7081 		mtnfp = mac_client_tx_notify_add(mcip, callb_func, ptr);
7082 	} else {
7083 		mac_client_tx_notify_remove(mcip, (mac_tx_notify_cb_t *)ptr);
7084 	}
7085 	i_mac_perim_exit(mcip->mci_mip);
7086 
7087 	return ((mac_tx_notify_handle_t)mtnfp);
7088 }
7089 
7090 void
7091 mac_bridge_vectors(mac_bridge_tx_t txf, mac_bridge_rx_t rxf,
7092     mac_bridge_ref_t reff, mac_bridge_ls_t lsf)
7093 {
7094 	mac_bridge_tx_cb = txf;
7095 	mac_bridge_rx_cb = rxf;
7096 	mac_bridge_ref_cb = reff;
7097 	mac_bridge_ls_cb = lsf;
7098 }
7099 
7100 int
7101 mac_bridge_set(mac_handle_t mh, mac_handle_t link)
7102 {
7103 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
7104 	int retv;
7105 
7106 	mutex_enter(&mip->mi_bridge_lock);
7107 	if (mip->mi_bridge_link == NULL) {
7108 		mip->mi_bridge_link = link;
7109 		retv = 0;
7110 	} else {
7111 		retv = EBUSY;
7112 	}
7113 	mutex_exit(&mip->mi_bridge_lock);
7114 	if (retv == 0) {
7115 		mac_poll_state_change(mh, B_FALSE);
7116 		mac_capab_update(mh);
7117 	}
7118 	return (retv);
7119 }
7120 
7121 /*
7122  * Disable bridging on the indicated link.
7123  */
7124 void
7125 mac_bridge_clear(mac_handle_t mh, mac_handle_t link)
7126 {
7127 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
7128 
7129 	mutex_enter(&mip->mi_bridge_lock);
7130 	ASSERT(mip->mi_bridge_link == link);
7131 	mip->mi_bridge_link = NULL;
7132 	mutex_exit(&mip->mi_bridge_lock);
7133 	mac_poll_state_change(mh, B_TRUE);
7134 	mac_capab_update(mh);
7135 }
7136 
7137 void
7138 mac_no_active(mac_handle_t mh)
7139 {
7140 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
7141 
7142 	i_mac_perim_enter(mip);
7143 	mip->mi_state_flags |= MIS_NO_ACTIVE;
7144 	i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
7145 }
7146 
7147 /*
7148  * Walk the primary VLAN clients whenever the primary's rings property
7149  * changes and update the mac_resource_props_t for the VLAN's client.
7150  * We need to do this since we don't support setting these properties
7151  * on the primary's VLAN clients, but the VLAN clients have to
7152  * follow the primary w.r.t the rings property;
7153  */
7154 void
7155 mac_set_prim_vlan_rings(mac_impl_t  *mip, mac_resource_props_t *mrp)
7156 {
7157 	mac_client_impl_t	*vmcip;
7158 	mac_resource_props_t	*vmrp;
7159 
7160 	for (vmcip = mip->mi_clients_list; vmcip != NULL;
7161 	    vmcip = vmcip->mci_client_next) {
7162 		if (!(vmcip->mci_flent->fe_type & FLOW_PRIMARY_MAC) ||
7163 		    mac_client_vid((mac_client_handle_t)vmcip) ==
7164 		    VLAN_ID_NONE) {
7165 			continue;
7166 		}
7167 		vmrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(vmcip);
7168 
7169 		vmrp->mrp_nrxrings =  mrp->mrp_nrxrings;
7170 		if (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS)
7171 			vmrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_RX_RINGS;
7172 		else if (vmrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS)
7173 			vmrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_RX_RINGS;
7174 
7175 		vmrp->mrp_ntxrings =  mrp->mrp_ntxrings;
7176 		if (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS)
7177 			vmrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_TX_RINGS;
7178 		else if (vmrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS)
7179 			vmrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_TX_RINGS;
7180 
7181 		if (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RXRINGS_UNSPEC)
7182 			vmrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_RXRINGS_UNSPEC;
7183 		else
7184 			vmrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_RXRINGS_UNSPEC;
7185 
7186 		if (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TXRINGS_UNSPEC)
7187 			vmrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_TXRINGS_UNSPEC;
7188 		else
7189 			vmrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_TXRINGS_UNSPEC;
7190 	}
7191 }
7192 
7193 /*
7194  * We are adding or removing ring(s) from a group. The source for taking
7195  * rings is the default group. The destination for giving rings back is
7196  * the default group.
7197  */
7198 int
7199 mac_group_ring_modify(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *group,
7200     mac_group_t *defgrp)
7201 {
7202 	mac_resource_props_t	*mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip);
7203 	uint_t			modify;
7204 	int			count;
7205 	mac_ring_t		*ring;
7206 	mac_ring_t		*next;
7207 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
7208 	mac_ring_t		**rings;
7209 	uint_t			ringcnt;
7210 	int			i = 0;
7211 	boolean_t		rx_group = group->mrg_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX;
7212 	int			start;
7213 	int			end;
7214 	mac_group_t		*tgrp;
7215 	int			j;
7216 	int			rv = 0;
7217 
7218 	/*
7219 	 * If we are asked for just a group, we give 1 ring, else
7220 	 * the specified number of rings.
7221 	 */
7222 	if (rx_group) {
7223 		ringcnt = (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RXRINGS_UNSPEC) ? 1:
7224 		    mrp->mrp_nrxrings;
7225 	} else {
7226 		ringcnt = (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TXRINGS_UNSPEC) ? 1:
7227 		    mrp->mrp_ntxrings;
7228 	}
7229 
7230 	/* don't allow modifying rings for a share for now. */
7231 	ASSERT(mcip->mci_share == NULL);
7232 
7233 	if (ringcnt == group->mrg_cur_count)
7234 		return (0);
7235 
7236 	if (group->mrg_cur_count > ringcnt) {
7237 		modify = group->mrg_cur_count - ringcnt;
7238 		if (rx_group) {
7239 			if (mip->mi_rx_donor_grp == group) {
7240 				ASSERT(mac_is_primary_client(mcip));
7241 				mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = defgrp;
7242 			} else {
7243 				defgrp = mip->mi_rx_donor_grp;
7244 			}
7245 		}
7246 		ring = group->mrg_rings;
7247 		rings = kmem_alloc(modify * sizeof (mac_ring_handle_t),
7248 		    KM_SLEEP);
7249 		j = 0;
7250 		for (count = 0; count < modify; count++) {
7251 			next = ring->mr_next;
7252 			rv = mac_group_mov_ring(mip, defgrp, ring);
7253 			if (rv != 0) {
7254 				/* cleanup on failure */
7255 				for (j = 0; j < count; j++) {
7256 					(void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip, group,
7257 					    rings[j]);
7258 				}
7259 				break;
7260 			}
7261 			rings[j++] = ring;
7262 			ring = next;
7263 		}
7264 		kmem_free(rings, modify * sizeof (mac_ring_handle_t));
7265 		return (rv);
7266 	}
7267 	if (ringcnt >= MAX_RINGS_PER_GROUP)
7268 		return (EINVAL);
7269 
7270 	modify = ringcnt - group->mrg_cur_count;
7271 
7272 	if (rx_group) {
7273 		if (group != mip->mi_rx_donor_grp)
7274 			defgrp = mip->mi_rx_donor_grp;
7275 		else
7276 			/*
7277 			 * This is the donor group with all the remaining
7278 			 * rings. Default group now gets to be the donor
7279 			 */
7280 			mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = defgrp;
7281 		start = 1;
7282 		end = mip->mi_rx_group_count;
7283 	} else {
7284 		start = 0;
7285 		end = mip->mi_tx_group_count - 1;
7286 	}
7287 	/*
7288 	 * If the default doesn't have any rings, lets see if we can
7289 	 * take rings given to an h/w client that doesn't need it.
7290 	 * For now, we just see if there is  any one client that can donate
7291 	 * all the required rings.
7292 	 */
7293 	if (defgrp->mrg_cur_count < (modify + 1)) {
7294 		for (i = start; i < end; i++) {
7295 			if (rx_group) {
7296 				tgrp = &mip->mi_rx_groups[i];
7297 				if (tgrp == group || tgrp->mrg_state <
7298 				    MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) {
7299 					continue;
7300 				}
7301 				mcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(tgrp);
7302 				if (mcip == NULL)
7303 					mcip = mac_get_grp_primary(tgrp);
7304 				ASSERT(mcip != NULL);
7305 				mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip);
7306 				if ((mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS) != 0)
7307 					continue;
7308 				if ((tgrp->mrg_cur_count +
7309 				    defgrp->mrg_cur_count) < (modify + 1)) {
7310 					continue;
7311 				}
7312 				if (mac_rx_switch_group(mcip, tgrp,
7313 				    defgrp) != 0) {
7314 					return (ENOSPC);
7315 				}
7316 			} else {
7317 				tgrp = &mip->mi_tx_groups[i];
7318 				if (tgrp == group || tgrp->mrg_state <
7319 				    MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) {
7320 					continue;
7321 				}
7322 				mcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(tgrp);
7323 				if (mcip == NULL)
7324 					mcip = mac_get_grp_primary(tgrp);
7325 				mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip);
7326 				if ((mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) != 0)
7327 					continue;
7328 				if ((tgrp->mrg_cur_count +
7329 				    defgrp->mrg_cur_count) < (modify + 1)) {
7330 					continue;
7331 				}
7332 				/* OK, we can switch this to s/w */
7333 				mac_tx_client_quiesce(
7334 				    (mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
7335 				mac_tx_switch_group(mcip, tgrp, defgrp);
7336 				mac_tx_client_restart(
7337 				    (mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
7338 			}
7339 		}
7340 		if (defgrp->mrg_cur_count < (modify + 1))
7341 			return (ENOSPC);
7342 	}
7343 	if ((rv = i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mip, group->mrg_type, defgrp,
7344 	    group, mcip->mci_share, modify)) != 0) {
7345 		return (rv);
7346 	}
7347 	return (0);
7348 }
7349 
7350 /*
7351  * Given the poolname in mac_resource_props, find the cpupart
7352  * that is associated with this pool.  The cpupart will be used
7353  * later for finding the cpus to be bound to the networking threads.
7354  *
7355  * use_default is set B_TRUE if pools are enabled and pool_default
7356  * is returned.  This avoids a 2nd lookup to set the poolname
7357  * for pool-effective.
7358  *
7359  * returns:
7360  *
7361  *    NULL -   pools are disabled or if the 'cpus' property is set.
7362  *    cpupart of pool_default  - pools are enabled and the pool
7363  *             is not available or poolname is blank
7364  *    cpupart of named pool    - pools are enabled and the pool
7365  *             is available.
7366  */
7367 cpupart_t *
7368 mac_pset_find(mac_resource_props_t *mrp, boolean_t *use_default)
7369 {
7370 	pool_t		*pool;
7371 	cpupart_t	*cpupart;
7372 
7373 	*use_default = B_FALSE;
7374 
7375 	/* CPUs property is set */
7376 	if (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_CPUS)
7377 		return (NULL);
7378 
7379 	ASSERT(pool_lock_held());
7380 
7381 	/* Pools are disabled, no pset */
7382 	if (pool_state == POOL_DISABLED)
7383 		return (NULL);
7384 
7385 	/* Pools property is set */
7386 	if (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_POOL) {
7387 		if ((pool = pool_lookup_pool_by_name(mrp->mrp_pool)) == NULL) {
7388 			/* Pool not found */
7389 			DTRACE_PROBE1(mac_pset_find_no_pool, char *,
7390 			    mrp->mrp_pool);
7391 			*use_default = B_TRUE;
7392 			pool = pool_default;
7393 		}
7394 	/* Pools property is not set */
7395 	} else {
7396 		*use_default = B_TRUE;
7397 		pool = pool_default;
7398 	}
7399 
7400 	/* Find the CPU pset that corresponds to the pool */
7401 	mutex_enter(&cpu_lock);
7402 	if ((cpupart = cpupart_find(pool->pool_pset->pset_id)) == NULL) {
7403 		DTRACE_PROBE1(mac_find_pset_no_pset, psetid_t,
7404 		    pool->pool_pset->pset_id);
7405 	}
7406 	mutex_exit(&cpu_lock);
7407 
7408 	return (cpupart);
7409 }
7410 
7411 void
7412 mac_set_pool_effective(boolean_t use_default, cpupart_t *cpupart,
7413     mac_resource_props_t *mrp, mac_resource_props_t *emrp)
7414 {
7415 	ASSERT(pool_lock_held());
7416 
7417 	if (cpupart != NULL) {
7418 		emrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_POOL;
7419 		if (use_default) {
7420 			(void) strcpy(emrp->mrp_pool,
7421 			    "pool_default");
7422 		} else {
7423 			ASSERT(strlen(mrp->mrp_pool) != 0);
7424 			(void) strcpy(emrp->mrp_pool,
7425 			    mrp->mrp_pool);
7426 		}
7427 	} else {
7428 		emrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_POOL;
7429 		bzero(emrp->mrp_pool, MAXPATHLEN);
7430 	}
7431 }
7432 
7433 struct mac_pool_arg {
7434 	char		mpa_poolname[MAXPATHLEN];
7435 	pool_event_t	mpa_what;
7436 };
7437 
7438 /*ARGSUSED*/
7439 static uint_t
7440 mac_pool_link_update(mod_hash_key_t key, mod_hash_val_t *val, void *arg)
7441 {
7442 	struct mac_pool_arg	*mpa = arg;
7443 	mac_impl_t		*mip = (mac_impl_t *)val;
7444 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip;
7445 	mac_resource_props_t	*mrp, *emrp;
7446 	boolean_t		pool_update = B_FALSE;
7447 	boolean_t		pool_clear = B_FALSE;
7448 	boolean_t		use_default = B_FALSE;
7449 	cpupart_t		*cpupart = NULL;
7450 
7451 	mrp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (*mrp), KM_SLEEP);
7452 	i_mac_perim_enter(mip);
7453 	for (mcip = mip->mi_clients_list; mcip != NULL;
7454 	    mcip = mcip->mci_client_next) {
7455 		pool_update = B_FALSE;
7456 		pool_clear = B_FALSE;
7457 		use_default = B_FALSE;
7458 		mac_client_get_resources((mac_client_handle_t)mcip, mrp);
7459 		emrp = MCIP_EFFECTIVE_PROPS(mcip);
7460 
7461 		/*
7462 		 * When pools are enabled
7463 		 */
7464 		if ((mpa->mpa_what == POOL_E_ENABLE) &&
7465 		    ((mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_CPUS) == 0)) {
7466 			mrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_POOL;
7467 			pool_update = B_TRUE;
7468 		}
7469 
7470 		/*
7471 		 * When pools are disabled
7472 		 */
7473 		if ((mpa->mpa_what == POOL_E_DISABLE) &&
7474 		    ((mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_CPUS) == 0)) {
7475 			mrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_POOL;
7476 			pool_clear = B_TRUE;
7477 		}
7478 
7479 		/*
7480 		 * Look for links with the pool property set and the poolname
7481 		 * matching the one which is changing.
7482 		 */
7483 		if (strcmp(mrp->mrp_pool, mpa->mpa_poolname) == 0) {
7484 			/*
7485 			 * The pool associated with the link has changed.
7486 			 */
7487 			if (mpa->mpa_what == POOL_E_CHANGE) {
7488 				mrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_POOL;
7489 				pool_update = B_TRUE;
7490 			}
7491 		}
7492 
7493 		/*
7494 		 * This link is associated with pool_default and
7495 		 * pool_default has changed.
7496 		 */
7497 		if ((mpa->mpa_what == POOL_E_CHANGE) &&
7498 		    (strcmp(emrp->mrp_pool, "pool_default") == 0) &&
7499 		    (strcmp(mpa->mpa_poolname, "pool_default") == 0)) {
7500 			mrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_POOL;
7501 			pool_update = B_TRUE;
7502 		}
7503 
7504 		/*
7505 		 * Get new list of cpus for the pool, bind network
7506 		 * threads to new list of cpus and update resources.
7507 		 */
7508 		if (pool_update) {
7509 			if (MCIP_DATAPATH_SETUP(mcip)) {
7510 				pool_lock();
7511 				cpupart = mac_pset_find(mrp, &use_default);
7512 				mac_fanout_setup(mcip, mcip->mci_flent, mrp,
7513 				    mac_rx_deliver, mcip, NULL, cpupart);
7514 				mac_set_pool_effective(use_default, cpupart,
7515 				    mrp, emrp);
7516 				pool_unlock();
7517 			}
7518 			mac_update_resources(mrp, MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip),
7519 			    B_FALSE);
7520 		}
7521 
7522 		/*
7523 		 * Clear the effective pool and bind network threads
7524 		 * to any available CPU.
7525 		 */
7526 		if (pool_clear) {
7527 			if (MCIP_DATAPATH_SETUP(mcip)) {
7528 				emrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_POOL;
7529 				bzero(emrp->mrp_pool, MAXPATHLEN);
7530 				mac_fanout_setup(mcip, mcip->mci_flent, mrp,
7531 				    mac_rx_deliver, mcip, NULL, NULL);
7532 			}
7533 			mac_update_resources(mrp, MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip),
7534 			    B_FALSE);
7535 		}
7536 	}
7537 	i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
7538 	kmem_free(mrp, sizeof (*mrp));
7539 	return (MH_WALK_CONTINUE);
7540 }
7541 
7542 static void
7543 mac_pool_update(void *arg)
7544 {
7545 	mod_hash_walk(i_mac_impl_hash, mac_pool_link_update, arg);
7546 	kmem_free(arg, sizeof (struct mac_pool_arg));
7547 }
7548 
7549 /*
7550  * Callback function to be executed when a noteworthy pool event
7551  * takes place.
7552  */
7553 /* ARGSUSED */
7554 static void
7555 mac_pool_event_cb(pool_event_t what, poolid_t id, void *arg)
7556 {
7557 	pool_t			*pool;
7558 	char			*poolname = NULL;
7559 	struct mac_pool_arg	*mpa;
7560 
7561 	pool_lock();
7562 	mpa = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (struct mac_pool_arg), KM_SLEEP);
7563 
7564 	switch (what) {
7565 	case POOL_E_ENABLE:
7566 	case POOL_E_DISABLE:
7567 		break;
7568 
7569 	case POOL_E_CHANGE:
7570 		pool = pool_lookup_pool_by_id(id);
7571 		if (pool == NULL) {
7572 			kmem_free(mpa, sizeof (struct mac_pool_arg));
7573 			pool_unlock();
7574 			return;
7575 		}
7576 		pool_get_name(pool, &poolname);
7577 		(void) strlcpy(mpa->mpa_poolname, poolname,
7578 		    sizeof (mpa->mpa_poolname));
7579 		break;
7580 
7581 	default:
7582 		kmem_free(mpa, sizeof (struct mac_pool_arg));
7583 		pool_unlock();
7584 		return;
7585 	}
7586 	pool_unlock();
7587 
7588 	mpa->mpa_what = what;
7589 
7590 	mac_pool_update(mpa);
7591 }
7592 
7593 /*
7594  * Set effective rings property. This could be called from datapath_setup/
7595  * datapath_teardown or set-linkprop.
7596  * If the group is reserved we just go ahead and set the effective rings.
7597  * Additionally, for TX this could mean the default  group has lost/gained
7598  * some rings, so if the default group is reserved, we need to adjust the
7599  * effective rings for the default group clients. For RX, if we are working
7600  * with the non-default group, we just need * to reset the effective props
7601  * for the default group clients.
7602  */
7603 void
7604 mac_set_rings_effective(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
7605 {
7606 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
7607 	mac_group_t		*grp;
7608 	mac_group_t		*defgrp;
7609 	flow_entry_t		*flent = mcip->mci_flent;
7610 	mac_resource_props_t	*emrp = MCIP_EFFECTIVE_PROPS(mcip);
7611 	mac_grp_client_t	*mgcp;
7612 	mac_client_impl_t	*gmcip;
7613 
7614 	grp = flent->fe_rx_ring_group;
7615 	if (grp != NULL) {
7616 		defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip);
7617 		/*
7618 		 * If we have reserved a group, set the effective rings
7619 		 * to the ring count in the group.
7620 		 */
7621 		if (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) {
7622 			emrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_RX_RINGS;
7623 			emrp->mrp_nrxrings = grp->mrg_cur_count;
7624 		}
7625 
7626 		/*
7627 		 * We go through the clients in the shared group and
7628 		 * reset the effective properties. It is possible this
7629 		 * might have already been done for some client (i.e.
7630 		 * if some client is being moved to a group that is
7631 		 * already shared). The case where the default group is
7632 		 * RESERVED is taken care of above (note in the RX side if
7633 		 * there is a non-default group, the default group is always
7634 		 * SHARED).
7635 		 */
7636 		if (grp != defgrp || grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED) {
7637 			if (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED)
7638 				mgcp = grp->mrg_clients;
7639 			else
7640 				mgcp = defgrp->mrg_clients;
7641 			while (mgcp != NULL) {
7642 				gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
7643 				emrp = MCIP_EFFECTIVE_PROPS(gmcip);
7644 				if (emrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS) {
7645 					emrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_RX_RINGS;
7646 					emrp->mrp_nrxrings = 0;
7647 				}
7648 				mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next;
7649 			}
7650 		}
7651 	}
7652 
7653 	/* Now the TX side */
7654 	grp = flent->fe_tx_ring_group;
7655 	if (grp != NULL) {
7656 		defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip);
7657 
7658 		if (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) {
7659 			emrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_TX_RINGS;
7660 			emrp->mrp_ntxrings = grp->mrg_cur_count;
7661 		} else if (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED) {
7662 			mgcp = grp->mrg_clients;
7663 			while (mgcp != NULL) {
7664 				gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
7665 				emrp = MCIP_EFFECTIVE_PROPS(gmcip);
7666 				if (emrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) {
7667 					emrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_TX_RINGS;
7668 					emrp->mrp_ntxrings = 0;
7669 				}
7670 				mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next;
7671 			}
7672 		}
7673 
7674 		/*
7675 		 * If the group is not the default group and the default
7676 		 * group is reserved, the ring count in the default group
7677 		 * might have changed, update it.
7678 		 */
7679 		if (grp != defgrp &&
7680 		    defgrp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) {
7681 			gmcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(defgrp);
7682 			emrp = MCIP_EFFECTIVE_PROPS(gmcip);
7683 			emrp->mrp_ntxrings = defgrp->mrg_cur_count;
7684 		}
7685 	}
7686 	emrp = MCIP_EFFECTIVE_PROPS(mcip);
7687 }
7688 
7689 /*
7690  * Check if the primary is in the default group. If so, see if we
7691  * can give it a an exclusive group now that another client is
7692  * being configured. We take the primary out of the default group
7693  * because the multicast/broadcast packets for the all the clients
7694  * will land in the default ring in the default group which means
7695  * any client in the default group, even if it is the only on in
7696  * the group, will lose exclusive access to the rings, hence
7697  * polling.
7698  */
7699 mac_client_impl_t *
7700 mac_check_primary_relocation(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, boolean_t rxhw)
7701 {
7702 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
7703 	mac_group_t		*defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip);
7704 	flow_entry_t		*flent = mcip->mci_flent;
7705 	mac_resource_props_t	*mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip);
7706 	uint8_t			*mac_addr;
7707 	mac_group_t		*ngrp;
7708 
7709 	/*
7710 	 * Check if the primary is in the default group, if not
7711 	 * or if it is explicitly configured to be in the default
7712 	 * group OR set the RX rings property, return.
7713 	 */
7714 	if (flent->fe_rx_ring_group != defgrp || mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS)
7715 		return (NULL);
7716 
7717 	/*
7718 	 * If the new client needs an exclusive group and we
7719 	 * don't have another for the primary, return.
7720 	 */
7721 	if (rxhw && mip->mi_rxhwclnt_avail < 2)
7722 		return (NULL);
7723 
7724 	mac_addr = flent->fe_flow_desc.fd_dst_mac;
7725 	/*
7726 	 * We call this when we are setting up the datapath for
7727 	 * the first non-primary.
7728 	 */
7729 	ASSERT(mip->mi_nactiveclients == 2);
7730 	/*
7731 	 * OK, now we have the primary that needs to be relocated.
7732 	 */
7733 	ngrp =  mac_reserve_rx_group(mcip, mac_addr, B_TRUE);
7734 	if (ngrp == NULL)
7735 		return (NULL);
7736 	if (mac_rx_switch_group(mcip, defgrp, ngrp) != 0) {
7737 		mac_stop_group(ngrp);
7738 		return (NULL);
7739 	}
7740 	return (mcip);
7741 }
7742